v1

package
v0.32.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Nov 29, 2023 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 9 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source
const (
	// Default case. Should never be this.
	AuditLogConfigLogTypeLogTypeUnspecified = AuditLogConfigLogType("LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy
	AuditLogConfigLogTypeAdminRead = AuditLogConfigLogType("ADMIN_READ")
	// Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create
	AuditLogConfigLogTypeDataWrite = AuditLogConfigLogType("DATA_WRITE")
	// Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list
	AuditLogConfigLogTypeDataRead = AuditLogConfigLogType("DATA_READ")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value.
	FilterProtocolVersionProtocolVersionUnspecified = FilterProtocolVersion("PROTOCOL_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED")
	// The PBR is for IPv4 internet protocol traffic.
	FilterProtocolVersionIpv4 = FilterProtocolVersion("IPV4")
)
View Source
const (
	// No overlap overrides.
	InternalRangeOverlapsItemOverlapUnspecified = InternalRangeOverlapsItem("OVERLAP_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Allow creation of static routes more specific that the current internal range.
	InternalRangeOverlapsItemOverlapRouteRange = InternalRangeOverlapsItem("OVERLAP_ROUTE_RANGE")
	// Allow creation of internal ranges that overlap with existing subnets.
	InternalRangeOverlapsItemOverlapExistingSubnetRange = InternalRangeOverlapsItem("OVERLAP_EXISTING_SUBNET_RANGE")
)
View Source
const (
	// If Peering is left unspecified in CreateInternalRange or UpdateInternalRange, it will be defaulted to FOR_SELF.
	InternalRangePeeringPeeringUnspecified = InternalRangePeering("PEERING_UNSPECIFIED")
	// This is the default behavior and represents the case that this internal range is intended to be used in the VPC in which it is created and is accessible from its peers. This implies that peers or peers-of-peers cannot use this range.
	InternalRangePeeringForSelf = InternalRangePeering("FOR_SELF")
	// This behavior can be set when the internal range is being reserved for usage by peers. This means that no resource within the VPC in which it is being created can use this to associate with a VPC resource, but one of the peers can. This represents donating a range for peers to use.
	InternalRangePeeringForPeer = InternalRangePeering("FOR_PEER")
	// This behavior can be set when the internal range is being reserved for usage by the VPC in which it is created, but not shared with peers. In a sense, it is local to the VPC. This can be used to create internal ranges for various purposes like HTTP_INTERNAL_LOAD_BALANCER or for Interconnect routes that are not shared with peers. This also implies that peers cannot use this range in a way that is visible to this VPC, but can re-use this range as long as it is NOT_SHARED from the peer VPC, too.
	InternalRangePeeringNotShared = InternalRangePeering("NOT_SHARED")
)
View Source
const (
	// Unspecified usage is allowed in calls which identify the resource by other fields and do not need Usage set to complete. These are, i.e.: GetInternalRange and DeleteInternalRange. Usage needs to be specified explicitly in CreateInternalRange or UpdateInternalRange calls.
	InternalRangeUsageUsageUnspecified = InternalRangeUsage("USAGE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// A VPC resource can use the reserved CIDR block by associating it with the internal range resource if usage is set to FOR_VPC.
	InternalRangeUsageForVpc = InternalRangeUsage("FOR_VPC")
	// Ranges created with EXTERNAL_TO_VPC cannot be associated with VPC resources and are meant to block out address ranges for various use cases, like for example, usage on-prem, with dynamic route announcements via interconnect.
	InternalRangeUsageExternalToVpc = InternalRangeUsage("EXTERNAL_TO_VPC")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value.
	PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOtherRoutesUnspecified = PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes("OTHER_ROUTES_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Use the routes from the default routing tables (system-generated routes, custom routes, peering route) to determine the next hop. This will effectively exclude matching packets being applied on other PBRs with a lower priority.
	PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesDefaultRouting = PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes("DEFAULT_ROUTING")
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AuditConfig

type AuditConfig struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs []AuditLogConfig `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service *string `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

type AuditConfigArgs

type AuditConfigArgs struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs AuditLogConfigArrayInput `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (AuditConfigArgs) ElementType

func (AuditConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditConfigArgs) ToAuditConfigOutput

func (i AuditConfigArgs) ToAuditConfigOutput() AuditConfigOutput

func (AuditConfigArgs) ToAuditConfigOutputWithContext

func (i AuditConfigArgs) ToAuditConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditConfigOutput

type AuditConfigArray

type AuditConfigArray []AuditConfigInput

func (AuditConfigArray) ElementType

func (AuditConfigArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditConfigArray) ToAuditConfigArrayOutput

func (i AuditConfigArray) ToAuditConfigArrayOutput() AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (AuditConfigArray) ToAuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (i AuditConfigArray) ToAuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditConfigArrayOutput

type AuditConfigArrayInput

type AuditConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuditConfigArrayOutput() AuditConfigArrayOutput
	ToAuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) AuditConfigArrayOutput
}

AuditConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts AuditConfigArray and AuditConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AuditConfigArrayInput` via:

AuditConfigArray{ AuditConfigArgs{...} }

type AuditConfigArrayOutput

type AuditConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuditConfigArrayOutput) ElementType

func (AuditConfigArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditConfigArrayOutput) Index

func (AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToAuditConfigArrayOutput

func (o AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToAuditConfigArrayOutput() AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToAuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (o AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToAuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditConfigArrayOutput

type AuditConfigInput

type AuditConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuditConfigOutput() AuditConfigOutput
	ToAuditConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) AuditConfigOutput
}

AuditConfigInput is an input type that accepts AuditConfigArgs and AuditConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AuditConfigInput` via:

AuditConfigArgs{...}

type AuditConfigOutput

type AuditConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (AuditConfigOutput) AuditLogConfigs

func (o AuditConfigOutput) AuditLogConfigs() AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

The configuration for logging of each type of permission.

func (AuditConfigOutput) ElementType

func (AuditConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditConfigOutput) Service

Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.

func (AuditConfigOutput) ToAuditConfigOutput

func (o AuditConfigOutput) ToAuditConfigOutput() AuditConfigOutput

func (AuditConfigOutput) ToAuditConfigOutputWithContext

func (o AuditConfigOutput) ToAuditConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditConfigOutput

type AuditConfigResponse

type AuditConfigResponse struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs []AuditLogConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service string `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

type AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

type AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToAuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (o AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToAuditConfigResponseArrayOutput() AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToAuditConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToAuditConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

type AuditConfigResponseOutput

type AuditConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (AuditConfigResponseOutput) AuditLogConfigs

The configuration for logging of each type of permission.

func (AuditConfigResponseOutput) ElementType

func (AuditConfigResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditConfigResponseOutput) Service

Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.

func (AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToAuditConfigResponseOutput

func (o AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToAuditConfigResponseOutput() AuditConfigResponseOutput

func (AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToAuditConfigResponseOutputWithContext

func (o AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToAuditConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditConfigResponseOutput

type AuditLogConfig

type AuditLogConfig struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers []string `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType *AuditLogConfigLogType `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

type AuditLogConfigArgs

type AuditLogConfigArgs struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (AuditLogConfigArgs) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditLogConfigArgs) ToAuditLogConfigOutput

func (i AuditLogConfigArgs) ToAuditLogConfigOutput() AuditLogConfigOutput

func (AuditLogConfigArgs) ToAuditLogConfigOutputWithContext

func (i AuditLogConfigArgs) ToAuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigOutput

type AuditLogConfigArray

type AuditLogConfigArray []AuditLogConfigInput

func (AuditLogConfigArray) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditLogConfigArray) ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (i AuditLogConfigArray) ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutput() AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (AuditLogConfigArray) ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (i AuditLogConfigArray) ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type AuditLogConfigArrayInput

type AuditLogConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutput() AuditLogConfigArrayOutput
	ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) AuditLogConfigArrayOutput
}

AuditLogConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts AuditLogConfigArray and AuditLogConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AuditLogConfigArrayInput` via:

AuditLogConfigArray{ AuditLogConfigArgs{...} }

type AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type AuditLogConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) Index

func (AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutput() AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToAuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type AuditLogConfigInput

type AuditLogConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuditLogConfigOutput() AuditLogConfigOutput
	ToAuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) AuditLogConfigOutput
}

AuditLogConfigInput is an input type that accepts AuditLogConfigArgs and AuditLogConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AuditLogConfigInput` via:

AuditLogConfigArgs{...}

type AuditLogConfigLogType

type AuditLogConfigLogType string

The log type that this config enables.

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (e AuditLogConfigLogType) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext

func (e AuditLogConfigLogType) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (e AuditLogConfigLogType) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e AuditLogConfigLogType) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutput

func (e AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (e AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput

type AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput
	ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput
}

AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput is an input type that accepts AuditLogConfigLogTypeArgs and AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput` via:

AuditLogConfigLogTypeArgs{...}

type AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

type AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput

type AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput
	ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput
}

func AuditLogConfigLogTypePtr

func AuditLogConfigLogTypePtr(v string) AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput

type AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

type AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToAuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AuditLogConfigOutput

type AuditLogConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (AuditLogConfigOutput) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuditLogConfigOutput) ExemptedMembers

func (o AuditLogConfigOutput) ExemptedMembers() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.

func (AuditLogConfigOutput) LogType

The log type that this config enables.

func (AuditLogConfigOutput) ToAuditLogConfigOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigOutput) ToAuditLogConfigOutput() AuditLogConfigOutput

func (AuditLogConfigOutput) ToAuditLogConfigOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigOutput) ToAuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigOutput

type AuditLogConfigResponse

type AuditLogConfigResponse struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers []string `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType string `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

type AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

type AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToAuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToAuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput() AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToAuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToAuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

type AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

type AuditLogConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ElementType

func (AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ExemptedMembers

Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.

func (AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) LogType

The log type that this config enables.

func (AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToAuditLogConfigResponseOutput

func (o AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToAuditLogConfigResponseOutput() AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

func (AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToAuditLogConfigResponseOutputWithContext

func (o AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToAuditLogConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

type Binding

type Binding struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition *Expr `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role *string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type BindingArgs

type BindingArgs struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition ExprPtrInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (BindingArgs) ElementType

func (BindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingArgs) ToBindingOutput

func (i BindingArgs) ToBindingOutput() BindingOutput

func (BindingArgs) ToBindingOutputWithContext

func (i BindingArgs) ToBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingOutput

type BindingArray

type BindingArray []BindingInput

func (BindingArray) ElementType

func (BindingArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingArray) ToBindingArrayOutput

func (i BindingArray) ToBindingArrayOutput() BindingArrayOutput

func (BindingArray) ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext

func (i BindingArray) ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingArrayOutput

type BindingArrayInput

type BindingArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBindingArrayOutput() BindingArrayOutput
	ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) BindingArrayOutput
}

BindingArrayInput is an input type that accepts BindingArray and BindingArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BindingArrayInput` via:

BindingArray{ BindingArgs{...} }

type BindingArrayOutput

type BindingArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BindingArrayOutput) ElementType

func (BindingArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingArrayOutput) Index

func (BindingArrayOutput) ToBindingArrayOutput

func (o BindingArrayOutput) ToBindingArrayOutput() BindingArrayOutput

func (BindingArrayOutput) ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext

func (o BindingArrayOutput) ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingArrayOutput

type BindingInput

type BindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBindingOutput() BindingOutput
	ToBindingOutputWithContext(context.Context) BindingOutput
}

BindingInput is an input type that accepts BindingArgs and BindingOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BindingInput` via:

BindingArgs{...}

type BindingOutput

type BindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (BindingOutput) Condition

func (o BindingOutput) Condition() ExprPtrOutput

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (BindingOutput) ElementType

func (BindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingOutput) Members

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (BindingOutput) Role

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (BindingOutput) ToBindingOutput

func (o BindingOutput) ToBindingOutput() BindingOutput

func (BindingOutput) ToBindingOutputWithContext

func (o BindingOutput) ToBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingOutput

type BindingResponse

type BindingResponse struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition ExprResponse `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type BindingResponseArrayOutput

type BindingResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToBindingResponseArrayOutput

func (o BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToBindingResponseArrayOutput() BindingResponseArrayOutput

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToBindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToBindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingResponseArrayOutput

type BindingResponseOutput

type BindingResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (BindingResponseOutput) Condition

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (BindingResponseOutput) ElementType

func (BindingResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingResponseOutput) Members

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (BindingResponseOutput) Role

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (BindingResponseOutput) ToBindingResponseOutput

func (o BindingResponseOutput) ToBindingResponseOutput() BindingResponseOutput

func (BindingResponseOutput) ToBindingResponseOutputWithContext

func (o BindingResponseOutput) ToBindingResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingResponseOutput

type ConsumerPscConfig added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfig struct {
	// This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
	DisableGlobalAccess *bool `pulumi:"disableGlobalAccess"`
	// The resource path of the consumer network where PSC connections are allowed to be created in. Note, this network does not need be in the ConsumerPscConfig.project in the case of SharedVPC. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{networkId}.
	Network *string `pulumi:"network"`
	// The consumer project where PSC connections are allowed to be created in.
	Project *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

Allow the producer to specify which consumers can connect to it.

type ConsumerPscConfigArgs added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigArgs struct {
	// This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
	DisableGlobalAccess pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"disableGlobalAccess"`
	// The resource path of the consumer network where PSC connections are allowed to be created in. Note, this network does not need be in the ConsumerPscConfig.project in the case of SharedVPC. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{networkId}.
	Network pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"network"`
	// The consumer project where PSC connections are allowed to be created in.
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

Allow the producer to specify which consumers can connect to it.

func (ConsumerPscConfigArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConsumerPscConfigArgs) ToConsumerPscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i ConsumerPscConfigArgs) ToConsumerPscConfigOutput() ConsumerPscConfigOutput

func (ConsumerPscConfigArgs) ToConsumerPscConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i ConsumerPscConfigArgs) ToConsumerPscConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConsumerPscConfigOutput

type ConsumerPscConfigArray added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigArray []ConsumerPscConfigInput

func (ConsumerPscConfigArray) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConfigArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConsumerPscConfigArray) ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i ConsumerPscConfigArray) ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput() ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput

func (ConsumerPscConfigArray) ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i ConsumerPscConfigArray) ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput

type ConsumerPscConfigArrayInput added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput() ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput
	ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput
}

ConsumerPscConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts ConsumerPscConfigArray and ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ConsumerPscConfigArrayInput` via:

ConsumerPscConfigArray{ ConsumerPscConfigArgs{...} }

type ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput) Index added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput() ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput

func (ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConsumerPscConfigArrayOutput

type ConsumerPscConfigInput added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConsumerPscConfigOutput() ConsumerPscConfigOutput
	ToConsumerPscConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) ConsumerPscConfigOutput
}

ConsumerPscConfigInput is an input type that accepts ConsumerPscConfigArgs and ConsumerPscConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ConsumerPscConfigInput` via:

ConsumerPscConfigArgs{...}

type ConsumerPscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Allow the producer to specify which consumers can connect to it.

func (ConsumerPscConfigOutput) DisableGlobalAccess added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigOutput) DisableGlobalAccess() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.

func (ConsumerPscConfigOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConsumerPscConfigOutput) Network added in v0.31.1

The resource path of the consumer network where PSC connections are allowed to be created in. Note, this network does not need be in the ConsumerPscConfig.project in the case of SharedVPC. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{networkId}.

func (ConsumerPscConfigOutput) Project added in v0.31.1

The consumer project where PSC connections are allowed to be created in.

func (ConsumerPscConfigOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigOutput() ConsumerPscConfigOutput

func (ConsumerPscConfigOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConsumerPscConfigOutput

type ConsumerPscConfigResponse added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigResponse struct {
	// This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
	DisableGlobalAccess bool `pulumi:"disableGlobalAccess"`
	// The resource path of the consumer network where PSC connections are allowed to be created in. Note, this network does not need be in the ConsumerPscConfig.project in the case of SharedVPC. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{networkId}.
	Network string `pulumi:"network"`
	// The consumer project where PSC connections are allowed to be created in.
	Project string `pulumi:"project"`
	// Overall state of PSC Connections management for this consumer psc config.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

Allow the producer to specify which consumers can connect to it.

type ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput() ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput

type ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Allow the producer to specify which consumers can connect to it.

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) DisableGlobalAccess added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) DisableGlobalAccess() pulumi.BoolOutput

This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) Network added in v0.31.1

The resource path of the consumer network where PSC connections are allowed to be created in. Note, this network does not need be in the ConsumerPscConfig.project in the case of SharedVPC. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{networkId}.

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) Project added in v0.31.1

The consumer project where PSC connections are allowed to be created in.

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) State added in v0.32.0

Overall state of PSC Connections management for this consumer psc config.

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput() ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput

func (ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput) ToConsumerPscConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConsumerPscConfigResponseOutput

type ConsumerPscConnectionResponse added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConnectionResponse struct {
	// The most recent error during operating this connection.
	Error GoogleRpcStatusResponse `pulumi:"error"`
	// The error info for the latest error during operating this connection.
	ErrorInfo GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponse `pulumi:"errorInfo"`
	// The error type indicates whether the error is consumer facing, producer facing or system internal.
	ErrorType string `pulumi:"errorType"`
	// The URI of the consumer forwarding rule created. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/networks/{resourceId}.
	ForwardingRule string `pulumi:"forwardingRule"`
	// The last Compute Engine operation to setup PSC connection.
	GceOperation string `pulumi:"gceOperation"`
	// The IP literal allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule that is created to connect to the producer service attachment in this service connection map.
	Ip string `pulumi:"ip"`
	// The consumer network whose PSC forwarding rule is connected to the service attachments in this service connection map. Note that the network could be on a different project (shared VPC).
	Network string `pulumi:"network"`
	// The consumer project whose PSC forwarding rule is connected to the service attachments in this service connection map.
	Project string `pulumi:"project"`
	// The PSC connection id of the PSC forwarding rule connected to the service attachments in this service connection map.
	PscConnectionId string `pulumi:"pscConnectionId"`
	// The URI of a service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection.
	ServiceAttachmentUri string `pulumi:"serviceAttachmentUri"`
	// The state of the PSC connection.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

PSC connection details on consumer side.

type ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput() ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput

type ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

PSC connection details on consumer side.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) Error added in v0.31.1

The most recent error during operating this connection.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ErrorInfo added in v0.32.0

The error info for the latest error during operating this connection.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ErrorType added in v0.31.1

The error type indicates whether the error is consumer facing, producer facing or system internal.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ForwardingRule added in v0.31.1

The URI of the consumer forwarding rule created. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/networks/{resourceId}.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) GceOperation added in v0.31.1

The last Compute Engine operation to setup PSC connection.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) Ip added in v0.31.1

The IP literal allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule that is created to connect to the producer service attachment in this service connection map.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) Network added in v0.31.1

The consumer network whose PSC forwarding rule is connected to the service attachments in this service connection map. Note that the network could be on a different project (shared VPC).

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) Project added in v0.31.1

The consumer project whose PSC forwarding rule is connected to the service attachments in this service connection map.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) PscConnectionId added in v0.31.1

The PSC connection id of the PSC forwarding rule connected to the service attachments in this service connection map.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ServiceAttachmentUri added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ServiceAttachmentUri() pulumi.StringOutput

The URI of a service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) State added in v0.31.1

The state of the PSC connection.

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ToConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ToConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput() ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput

func (ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ToConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput) ToConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConsumerPscConnectionResponseOutput

type Expr

type Expr struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description *string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression *string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location *string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title *string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type ExprArgs

type ExprArgs struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprArgs) ElementType

func (ExprArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprArgs) ToExprOutput

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprOutput() ExprOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprOutputWithContext

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutput

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprInput

type ExprInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToExprOutput() ExprOutput
	ToExprOutputWithContext(context.Context) ExprOutput
}

ExprInput is an input type that accepts ExprArgs and ExprOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ExprInput` via:

ExprArgs{...}

type ExprOutput

type ExprOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprOutput) Description

func (o ExprOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprOutput) ElementType

func (ExprOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprOutput) Expression

func (o ExprOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprOutput) Location

func (o ExprOutput) Location() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprOutput) Title

func (o ExprOutput) Title() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprOutput) ToExprOutput

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprOutput() ExprOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprOutputWithContext

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutput

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprPtrInput

type ExprPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput
	ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ExprPtrOutput
}

ExprPtrInput is an input type that accepts ExprArgs, ExprPtr and ExprPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ExprPtrInput` via:

        ExprArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func ExprPtr

func ExprPtr(v *ExprArgs) ExprPtrInput

type ExprPtrOutput

type ExprPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ExprPtrOutput) Description

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Elem

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Elem() ExprOutput

func (ExprPtrOutput) ElementType

func (ExprPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprPtrOutput) Expression

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Location

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Location() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutput

func (o ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprResponse

type ExprResponse struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type ExprResponseOutput

type ExprResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Description

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprResponseOutput) ElementType

func (ExprResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprResponseOutput) Expression

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Location

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutput

func (o ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutput() ExprResponseOutput

func (ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutputWithContext

func (o ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprResponseOutput

type Filter added in v0.32.0

type Filter struct {
	// Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
	DestRange *string `pulumi:"destRange"`
	// Optional. The IP protocol that this policy-based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.
	IpProtocol *string `pulumi:"ipProtocol"`
	// Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.
	ProtocolVersion FilterProtocolVersion `pulumi:"protocolVersion"`
	// Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
	SrcRange *string `pulumi:"srcRange"`
}

Filter matches L4 traffic.

type FilterArgs added in v0.32.0

type FilterArgs struct {
	// Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
	DestRange pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"destRange"`
	// Optional. The IP protocol that this policy-based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.
	IpProtocol pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"ipProtocol"`
	// Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.
	ProtocolVersion FilterProtocolVersionInput `pulumi:"protocolVersion"`
	// Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
	SrcRange pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"srcRange"`
}

Filter matches L4 traffic.

func (FilterArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (FilterArgs) ToFilterOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i FilterArgs) ToFilterOutput() FilterOutput

func (FilterArgs) ToFilterOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i FilterArgs) ToFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FilterOutput

type FilterInput added in v0.32.0

type FilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToFilterOutput() FilterOutput
	ToFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) FilterOutput
}

FilterInput is an input type that accepts FilterArgs and FilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `FilterInput` via:

FilterArgs{...}

type FilterOutput added in v0.32.0

type FilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Filter matches L4 traffic.

func (FilterOutput) DestRange added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterOutput) DestRange() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.

func (FilterOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (FilterOutput) IpProtocol added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterOutput) IpProtocol() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The IP protocol that this policy-based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.

func (FilterOutput) ProtocolVersion added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterOutput) ProtocolVersion() FilterProtocolVersionOutput

Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.

func (FilterOutput) SrcRange added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterOutput) SrcRange() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.

func (FilterOutput) ToFilterOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterOutput) ToFilterOutput() FilterOutput

func (FilterOutput) ToFilterOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterOutput) ToFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FilterOutput

type FilterProtocolVersion added in v0.32.0

type FilterProtocolVersion string

Required. Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ToFilterProtocolVersionOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e FilterProtocolVersion) ToFilterProtocolVersionOutput() FilterProtocolVersionOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ToFilterProtocolVersionOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e FilterProtocolVersion) ToFilterProtocolVersionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FilterProtocolVersionOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e FilterProtocolVersion) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput() FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e FilterProtocolVersion) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e FilterProtocolVersion) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e FilterProtocolVersion) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e FilterProtocolVersion) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersion) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e FilterProtocolVersion) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type FilterProtocolVersionInput added in v0.32.0

type FilterProtocolVersionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToFilterProtocolVersionOutput() FilterProtocolVersionOutput
	ToFilterProtocolVersionOutputWithContext(context.Context) FilterProtocolVersionOutput
}

FilterProtocolVersionInput is an input type that accepts FilterProtocolVersionArgs and FilterProtocolVersionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `FilterProtocolVersionInput` via:

FilterProtocolVersionArgs{...}

type FilterProtocolVersionOutput added in v0.32.0

type FilterProtocolVersionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionOutput() FilterProtocolVersionOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FilterProtocolVersionOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput() FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type FilterProtocolVersionPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type FilterProtocolVersionPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput() FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput
	ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput
}

func FilterProtocolVersionPtr added in v0.32.0

func FilterProtocolVersionPtr(v string) FilterProtocolVersionPtrInput

type FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput() FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) ToFilterProtocolVersionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput

func (FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterProtocolVersionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type FilterResponse added in v0.32.0

type FilterResponse struct {
	// Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
	DestRange string `pulumi:"destRange"`
	// Optional. The IP protocol that this policy-based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.
	IpProtocol string `pulumi:"ipProtocol"`
	// Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.
	ProtocolVersion string `pulumi:"protocolVersion"`
	// Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
	SrcRange string `pulumi:"srcRange"`
}

Filter matches L4 traffic.

type FilterResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type FilterResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Filter matches L4 traffic.

func (FilterResponseOutput) DestRange added in v0.32.0

Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.

func (FilterResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FilterResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (FilterResponseOutput) IpProtocol added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterResponseOutput) IpProtocol() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The IP protocol that this policy-based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.

func (FilterResponseOutput) ProtocolVersion added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterResponseOutput) ProtocolVersion() pulumi.StringOutput

Internet protocol versions this policy-based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.

func (FilterResponseOutput) SrcRange added in v0.32.0

Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy-based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.

func (FilterResponseOutput) ToFilterResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterResponseOutput) ToFilterResponseOutput() FilterResponseOutput

func (FilterResponseOutput) ToFilterResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FilterResponseOutput) ToFilterResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FilterResponseOutput

type GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponse added in v0.32.0

type GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponse struct {
	// The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
	Domain string `pulumi:"domain"`
	// Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
	Metadata map[string]string `pulumi:"metadata"`
	// The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
	Reason string `pulumi:"reason"`
}

Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }

type GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }

func (GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput) Domain added in v0.32.0

The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".

func (GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput) Metadata added in v0.32.0

Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.

func (GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput) Reason added in v0.32.0

The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.

func (GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput() GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput

func (GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponseOutput

type GoogleRpcStatusResponse added in v0.31.1

type GoogleRpcStatusResponse struct {
	// The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
	Code int `pulumi:"code"`
	// A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
	Details []map[string]string `pulumi:"details"`
	// A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
	Message string `pulumi:"message"`
}

The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).

type GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).

func (GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput) Code added in v0.31.1

The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.

func (GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput) Details added in v0.31.1

A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.

func (GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput) Message added in v0.31.1

A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.

func (GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput) ToGoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput) ToGoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput() GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput

func (GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput) ToGoogleRpcStatusResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput) ToGoogleRpcStatusResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleRpcStatusResponseOutput

type Hub

type Hub struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The time the hub was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// An optional description of the hub.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Required. A unique identifier for the hub.
	HubId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"hubId"`
	// Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}`
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The route tables that belong to this hub. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}/routeTables/{route_table_id}` This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the route tables nested under the hub.
	RouteTables pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"routeTables"`
	// The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub.
	RoutingVpcs RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"routingVpcs"`
	// A summary of the spokes associated with a hub. The summary includes a count of spokes according to type and according to state. If any spokes are inactive, the summary also lists the reasons they are inactive, including a count for each reason.
	SpokeSummary SpokeSummaryResponseOutput `pulumi:"spokeSummary"`
	// The current lifecycle state of this hub.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The Google-generated UUID for the hub. This value is unique across all hub resources. If a hub is deleted and another with the same name is created, the new hub is assigned a different unique_id.
	UniqueId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uniqueId"`
	// The time the hub was last updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new Network Connectivity Center hub in the specified project. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetHub

func GetHub(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HubState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Hub, error)

GetHub gets an existing Hub resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHub

func NewHub(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HubArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Hub, error)

NewHub registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Hub) ElementType

func (*Hub) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Hub) ToHubOutput

func (i *Hub) ToHubOutput() HubOutput

func (*Hub) ToHubOutputWithContext

func (i *Hub) ToHubOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubOutput

type HubArgs

type HubArgs struct {
	// An optional description of the hub.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Required. A unique identifier for the hub.
	HubId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapInput
	// Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}`
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub.
	RoutingVpcs RoutingVPCArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Hub resource.

func (HubArgs) ElementType

func (HubArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubGroupIamBinding added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetHubGroupIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func GetHubGroupIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HubGroupIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubGroupIamBinding, error)

GetHubGroupIamBinding gets an existing HubGroupIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHubGroupIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func NewHubGroupIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HubGroupIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubGroupIamBinding, error)

NewHubGroupIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*HubGroupIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*HubGroupIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*HubGroupIamBinding) ToHubGroupIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *HubGroupIamBinding) ToHubGroupIamBindingOutput() HubGroupIamBindingOutput

func (*HubGroupIamBinding) ToHubGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *HubGroupIamBinding) ToHubGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamBindingOutput

type HubGroupIamBindingArgs added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a HubGroupIamBinding resource.

func (HubGroupIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubGroupIamBindingInput added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHubGroupIamBindingOutput() HubGroupIamBindingOutput
	ToHubGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamBindingOutput
}

type HubGroupIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.32.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) ToHubGroupIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o HubGroupIamBindingOutput) ToHubGroupIamBindingOutput() HubGroupIamBindingOutput

func (HubGroupIamBindingOutput) ToHubGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o HubGroupIamBindingOutput) ToHubGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamBindingOutput

type HubGroupIamBindingState added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamBindingState struct {
}

func (HubGroupIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubGroupIamMember added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetHubGroupIamMember added in v0.32.0

func GetHubGroupIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HubGroupIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubGroupIamMember, error)

GetHubGroupIamMember gets an existing HubGroupIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHubGroupIamMember added in v0.32.0

func NewHubGroupIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HubGroupIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubGroupIamMember, error)

NewHubGroupIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*HubGroupIamMember) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*HubGroupIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*HubGroupIamMember) ToHubGroupIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *HubGroupIamMember) ToHubGroupIamMemberOutput() HubGroupIamMemberOutput

func (*HubGroupIamMember) ToHubGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *HubGroupIamMember) ToHubGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamMemberOutput

type HubGroupIamMemberArgs added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a HubGroupIamMember resource.

func (HubGroupIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubGroupIamMemberInput added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHubGroupIamMemberOutput() HubGroupIamMemberOutput
	ToHubGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamMemberOutput
}

type HubGroupIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.32.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) ToHubGroupIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o HubGroupIamMemberOutput) ToHubGroupIamMemberOutput() HubGroupIamMemberOutput

func (HubGroupIamMemberOutput) ToHubGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o HubGroupIamMemberOutput) ToHubGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamMemberOutput

type HubGroupIamMemberState added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamMemberState struct {
}

func (HubGroupIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubGroupIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	GroupId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"groupId"`
	HubId   pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"hubId"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetHubGroupIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func GetHubGroupIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HubGroupIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubGroupIamPolicy, error)

GetHubGroupIamPolicy gets an existing HubGroupIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHubGroupIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func NewHubGroupIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HubGroupIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubGroupIamPolicy, error)

NewHubGroupIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*HubGroupIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*HubGroupIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*HubGroupIamPolicy) ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *HubGroupIamPolicy) ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutput() HubGroupIamPolicyOutput

func (*HubGroupIamPolicy) ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *HubGroupIamPolicy) ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamPolicyOutput

type HubGroupIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	GroupId pulumi.StringInput
	HubId   pulumi.StringInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a HubGroupIamPolicy resource.

func (HubGroupIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubGroupIamPolicyInput added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutput() HubGroupIamPolicyOutput
	ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamPolicyOutput
}

type HubGroupIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) GroupId added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) HubId added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutput() HubGroupIamPolicyOutput

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) ToHubGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubGroupIamPolicyOutput

func (HubGroupIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type HubGroupIamPolicyState added in v0.32.0

type HubGroupIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (HubGroupIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (HubGroupIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type HubIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetHubIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetHubIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HubIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubIamBinding, error)

GetHubIamBinding gets an existing HubIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHubIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewHubIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HubIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubIamBinding, error)

NewHubIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*HubIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*HubIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*HubIamBinding) ToHubIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *HubIamBinding) ToHubIamBindingOutput() HubIamBindingOutput

func (*HubIamBinding) ToHubIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *HubIamBinding) ToHubIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamBindingOutput

type HubIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type HubIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a HubIamBinding resource.

func (HubIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (HubIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type HubIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHubIamBindingOutput() HubIamBindingOutput
	ToHubIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamBindingOutput
}

type HubIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type HubIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HubIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (HubIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (HubIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HubIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (HubIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (HubIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (HubIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (HubIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (HubIamBindingOutput) ToHubIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o HubIamBindingOutput) ToHubIamBindingOutput() HubIamBindingOutput

func (HubIamBindingOutput) ToHubIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o HubIamBindingOutput) ToHubIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamBindingOutput

type HubIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type HubIamBindingState struct {
}

func (HubIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (HubIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubIamMember added in v0.26.0

type HubIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetHubIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetHubIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HubIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubIamMember, error)

GetHubIamMember gets an existing HubIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHubIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewHubIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HubIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubIamMember, error)

NewHubIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*HubIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*HubIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*HubIamMember) ToHubIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *HubIamMember) ToHubIamMemberOutput() HubIamMemberOutput

func (*HubIamMember) ToHubIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *HubIamMember) ToHubIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamMemberOutput

type HubIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type HubIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a HubIamMember resource.

func (HubIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (HubIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type HubIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHubIamMemberOutput() HubIamMemberOutput
	ToHubIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamMemberOutput
}

type HubIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type HubIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HubIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (HubIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (HubIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HubIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (HubIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (HubIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (HubIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (HubIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (HubIamMemberOutput) ToHubIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o HubIamMemberOutput) ToHubIamMemberOutput() HubIamMemberOutput

func (HubIamMemberOutput) ToHubIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o HubIamMemberOutput) ToHubIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamMemberOutput

type HubIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type HubIamMemberState struct {
}

func (HubIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (HubIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubIamPolicy

type HubIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	HubId   pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"hubId"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetHubIamPolicy

func GetHubIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HubIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubIamPolicy, error)

GetHubIamPolicy gets an existing HubIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHubIamPolicy

func NewHubIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HubIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*HubIamPolicy, error)

NewHubIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*HubIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*HubIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*HubIamPolicy) ToHubIamPolicyOutput

func (i *HubIamPolicy) ToHubIamPolicyOutput() HubIamPolicyOutput

func (*HubIamPolicy) ToHubIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *HubIamPolicy) ToHubIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamPolicyOutput

type HubIamPolicyArgs

type HubIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	HubId   pulumi.StringInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a HubIamPolicy resource.

func (HubIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (HubIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubIamPolicyInput

type HubIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHubIamPolicyOutput() HubIamPolicyOutput
	ToHubIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamPolicyOutput
}

type HubIamPolicyOutput

type HubIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.19.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) HubId added in v0.21.0

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) ToHubIamPolicyOutput

func (o HubIamPolicyOutput) ToHubIamPolicyOutput() HubIamPolicyOutput

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) ToHubIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o HubIamPolicyOutput) ToHubIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubIamPolicyOutput

func (HubIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0

func (o HubIamPolicyOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type HubIamPolicyState

type HubIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (HubIamPolicyState) ElementType

func (HubIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HubInput

type HubInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHubOutput() HubOutput
	ToHubOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubOutput
}

type HubOutput

type HubOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HubOutput) CreateTime added in v0.19.0

func (o HubOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The time the hub was created.

func (HubOutput) Description added in v0.19.0

func (o HubOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

An optional description of the hub.

func (HubOutput) ElementType

func (HubOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HubOutput) HubId added in v0.21.0

func (o HubOutput) HubId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. A unique identifier for the hub.

func (HubOutput) Labels added in v0.19.0

func (o HubOutput) Labels() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).

func (HubOutput) Name added in v0.19.0

func (o HubOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}`

func (HubOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (o HubOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (HubOutput) RequestId added in v0.21.0

func (o HubOutput) RequestId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (HubOutput) RouteTables added in v0.32.0

func (o HubOutput) RouteTables() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

The route tables that belong to this hub. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}/routeTables/{route_table_id}` This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the route tables nested under the hub.

func (HubOutput) RoutingVpcs added in v0.19.0

func (o HubOutput) RoutingVpcs() RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput

The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub.

func (HubOutput) SpokeSummary added in v0.32.0

func (o HubOutput) SpokeSummary() SpokeSummaryResponseOutput

A summary of the spokes associated with a hub. The summary includes a count of spokes according to type and according to state. If any spokes are inactive, the summary also lists the reasons they are inactive, including a count for each reason.

func (HubOutput) State added in v0.19.0

func (o HubOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

The current lifecycle state of this hub.

func (HubOutput) ToHubOutput

func (o HubOutput) ToHubOutput() HubOutput

func (HubOutput) ToHubOutputWithContext

func (o HubOutput) ToHubOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HubOutput

func (HubOutput) UniqueId added in v0.19.0

func (o HubOutput) UniqueId() pulumi.StringOutput

The Google-generated UUID for the hub. This value is unique across all hub resources. If a hub is deleted and another with the same name is created, the new hub is assigned a different unique_id.

func (HubOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.19.0

func (o HubOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The time the hub was last updated.

type HubState

type HubState struct {
}

func (HubState) ElementType

func (HubState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type InterconnectAttachment added in v0.32.0

type InterconnectAttachment struct {
	// Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.
	Region *string `pulumi:"region"`
}

InterconnectAttachment that this route applies to.

type InterconnectAttachmentArgs added in v0.32.0

type InterconnectAttachmentArgs struct {
	// Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.
	Region pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"region"`
}

InterconnectAttachment that this route applies to.

func (InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ToInterconnectAttachmentOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ToInterconnectAttachmentOutput() InterconnectAttachmentOutput

func (InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ToInterconnectAttachmentOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ToInterconnectAttachmentOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InterconnectAttachmentOutput

func (InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput() InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput

func (InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i InterconnectAttachmentArgs) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput

type InterconnectAttachmentInput added in v0.32.0

type InterconnectAttachmentInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInterconnectAttachmentOutput() InterconnectAttachmentOutput
	ToInterconnectAttachmentOutputWithContext(context.Context) InterconnectAttachmentOutput
}

InterconnectAttachmentInput is an input type that accepts InterconnectAttachmentArgs and InterconnectAttachmentOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `InterconnectAttachmentInput` via:

InterconnectAttachmentArgs{...}

type InterconnectAttachmentOutput added in v0.32.0

type InterconnectAttachmentOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

InterconnectAttachment that this route applies to.

func (InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (InterconnectAttachmentOutput) Region added in v0.32.0

Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.

func (InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentOutput() InterconnectAttachmentOutput

func (InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InterconnectAttachmentOutput

func (InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput() InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput

func (InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o InterconnectAttachmentOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput

type InterconnectAttachmentPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type InterconnectAttachmentPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput() InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput
	ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput
}

InterconnectAttachmentPtrInput is an input type that accepts InterconnectAttachmentArgs, InterconnectAttachmentPtr and InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `InterconnectAttachmentPtrInput` via:

        InterconnectAttachmentArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func InterconnectAttachmentPtr added in v0.32.0

func InterconnectAttachmentPtr(v *InterconnectAttachmentArgs) InterconnectAttachmentPtrInput

type InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput) Region added in v0.32.0

Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.

func (InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput() InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput

func (InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InterconnectAttachmentPtrOutput

type InterconnectAttachmentResponse added in v0.32.0

type InterconnectAttachmentResponse struct {
	// Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.
	Region string `pulumi:"region"`
}

InterconnectAttachment that this route applies to.

type InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

InterconnectAttachment that this route applies to.

func (InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput) Region added in v0.32.0

Optional. Cloud region to install this policy-based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.

func (InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput() InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput

func (InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput) ToInterconnectAttachmentResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput

type InternalRange added in v0.28.0

type InternalRange struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Time when the internal range was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// A description of this resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/internalRanges/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location.
	InternalRangeId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"internalRangeId"`
	// The IP range that this internal range defines.
	IpCidrRange pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"ipCidrRange"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Immutable. The name of an internal range. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/internalRanges/{internal_range} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The URL or resource ID of the network in which to reserve the internal range. The network cannot be deleted if there are any reserved internal ranges referring to it. Legacy networks are not supported. This can only be specified for a global internal address. Example: - URL: /compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{resourceId} - ID: network123
	Network pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"network"`
	// Optional. Types of resources that are allowed to overlap with the current internal range.
	Overlaps pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"overlaps"`
	// The type of peering set for this internal range.
	Peering pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"peering"`
	// An alternate to ip_cidr_range. Can be set when trying to create a reservation that automatically finds a free range of the given size. If both ip_cidr_range and prefix_length are set, there is an error if the range sizes do not match. Can also be used during updates to change the range size.
	PrefixLength pulumi.IntOutput    `pulumi:"prefixLength"`
	Project      pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Optional. Can be set to narrow down or pick a different address space while searching for a free range. If not set, defaults to the "10.0.0.0/8" address space. This can be used to search in other rfc-1918 address spaces like "172.16.0.0/12" and "192.168.0.0/16" or non-rfc-1918 address spaces used in the VPC.
	TargetCidrRange pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"targetCidrRange"`
	// Time when the internal range was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// The type of usage set for this InternalRange.
	Usage pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"usage"`
	// The list of resources that refer to this internal range. Resources that use the internal range for their range allocation are referred to as users of the range. Other resources mark themselves as users while doing so by creating a reference to this internal range. Having a user, based on this reference, prevents deletion of the internal range referred to. Can be empty.
	Users pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"users"`
}

Creates a new internal range in a given project and location.

func GetInternalRange added in v0.28.0

func GetInternalRange(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *InternalRangeState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*InternalRange, error)

GetInternalRange gets an existing InternalRange resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewInternalRange added in v0.28.0

func NewInternalRange(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *InternalRangeArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*InternalRange, error)

NewInternalRange registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*InternalRange) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*InternalRange) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*InternalRange) ToInternalRangeOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *InternalRange) ToInternalRangeOutput() InternalRangeOutput

func (*InternalRange) ToInternalRangeOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *InternalRange) ToInternalRangeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOutput

type InternalRangeArgs added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeArgs struct {
	// Time when the internal range was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A description of this resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/internalRanges/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location.
	InternalRangeId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The IP range that this internal range defines.
	IpCidrRange pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. The name of an internal range. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/internalRanges/{internal_range} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The URL or resource ID of the network in which to reserve the internal range. The network cannot be deleted if there are any reserved internal ranges referring to it. Legacy networks are not supported. This can only be specified for a global internal address. Example: - URL: /compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{resourceId} - ID: network123
	Network pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Types of resources that are allowed to overlap with the current internal range.
	Overlaps InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayInput
	// The type of peering set for this internal range.
	Peering InternalRangePeeringPtrInput
	// An alternate to ip_cidr_range. Can be set when trying to create a reservation that automatically finds a free range of the given size. If both ip_cidr_range and prefix_length are set, there is an error if the range sizes do not match. Can also be used during updates to change the range size.
	PrefixLength pulumi.IntPtrInput
	Project      pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Can be set to narrow down or pick a different address space while searching for a free range. If not set, defaults to the "10.0.0.0/8" address space. This can be used to search in other rfc-1918 address spaces like "172.16.0.0/12" and "192.168.0.0/16" or non-rfc-1918 address spaces used in the VPC.
	TargetCidrRange pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// Time when the internal range was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of usage set for this InternalRange.
	Usage InternalRangeUsagePtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a InternalRange resource.

func (InternalRangeArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type InternalRangeInput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInternalRangeOutput() InternalRangeOutput
	ToInternalRangeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOutput
}

type InternalRangeOutput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InternalRangeOutput) CreateTime added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Time when the internal range was created.

func (InternalRangeOutput) Description added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

A description of this resource.

func (InternalRangeOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (InternalRangeOutput) InternalRangeId added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) InternalRangeId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/internalRanges/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location.

func (InternalRangeOutput) IpCidrRange added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) IpCidrRange() pulumi.StringOutput

The IP range that this internal range defines.

func (InternalRangeOutput) Labels added in v0.28.0

User-defined labels.

func (InternalRangeOutput) Location added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

Immutable. The name of an internal range. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/internalRanges/{internal_range} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names

func (InternalRangeOutput) Network added in v0.28.0

The URL or resource ID of the network in which to reserve the internal range. The network cannot be deleted if there are any reserved internal ranges referring to it. Legacy networks are not supported. This can only be specified for a global internal address. Example: - URL: /compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{resourceId} - ID: network123

func (InternalRangeOutput) Overlaps added in v0.28.0

Optional. Types of resources that are allowed to overlap with the current internal range.

func (InternalRangeOutput) Peering added in v0.28.0

The type of peering set for this internal range.

func (InternalRangeOutput) PrefixLength added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) PrefixLength() pulumi.IntOutput

An alternate to ip_cidr_range. Can be set when trying to create a reservation that automatically finds a free range of the given size. If both ip_cidr_range and prefix_length are set, there is an error if the range sizes do not match. Can also be used during updates to change the range size.

func (InternalRangeOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOutput) RequestId added in v0.28.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (InternalRangeOutput) TargetCidrRange added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) TargetCidrRange() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. Can be set to narrow down or pick a different address space while searching for a free range. If not set, defaults to the "10.0.0.0/8" address space. This can be used to search in other rfc-1918 address spaces like "172.16.0.0/12" and "192.168.0.0/16" or non-rfc-1918 address spaces used in the VPC.

func (InternalRangeOutput) ToInternalRangeOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) ToInternalRangeOutput() InternalRangeOutput

func (InternalRangeOutput) ToInternalRangeOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) ToInternalRangeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOutput

func (InternalRangeOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Time when the internal range was updated.

func (InternalRangeOutput) Usage added in v0.28.0

The type of usage set for this InternalRange.

func (InternalRangeOutput) Users added in v0.28.0

The list of resources that refer to this internal range. Resources that use the internal range for their range allocation are referred to as users of the range. Other resources mark themselves as users while doing so by creating a reference to this internal range. Having a user, based on this reference, prevents deletion of the internal range referred to. Can be empty.

type InternalRangeOverlapsItem added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOverlapsItem string

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeOverlapsItem) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray []InternalRangeOverlapsItem

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayInput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput
	ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput
}

InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayInput is an input type that accepts InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray and InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayInput` via:

InternalRangeOverlapsItemArray{ InternalRangeOverlapsItemArgs{...} }

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput) Index added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemArrayOutput

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemInput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput
	ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutputWithContext(context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput
}

InternalRangeOverlapsItemInput is an input type that accepts InternalRangeOverlapsItemArgs and InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `InternalRangeOverlapsItemInput` via:

InternalRangeOverlapsItemArgs{...}

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrInput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput
	ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput
}

func InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtr added in v0.28.0

func InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtr(v string) InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrInput

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput() InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) ToInternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeOverlapsItemPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type InternalRangePeering added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangePeering string

The type of peering set for this internal range.

func (InternalRangePeering) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangePeering) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (InternalRangePeering) ToInternalRangePeeringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangePeering) ToInternalRangePeeringOutput() InternalRangePeeringOutput

func (InternalRangePeering) ToInternalRangePeeringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangePeering) ToInternalRangePeeringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangePeeringOutput

func (InternalRangePeering) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangePeering) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutput() InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangePeering) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangePeering) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangePeering) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangePeering) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangePeering) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangePeering) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangePeering) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangePeering) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangePeering) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangePeering) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type InternalRangePeeringInput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangePeeringInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInternalRangePeeringOutput() InternalRangePeeringOutput
	ToInternalRangePeeringOutputWithContext(context.Context) InternalRangePeeringOutput
}

InternalRangePeeringInput is an input type that accepts InternalRangePeeringArgs and InternalRangePeeringOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `InternalRangePeeringInput` via:

InternalRangePeeringArgs{...}

type InternalRangePeeringOutput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangePeeringOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringOutput() InternalRangePeeringOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangePeeringOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutput() InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type InternalRangePeeringPtrInput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangePeeringPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutput() InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput
	ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput
}

func InternalRangePeeringPtr added in v0.28.0

func InternalRangePeeringPtr(v string) InternalRangePeeringPtrInput

type InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutput() InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) ToInternalRangePeeringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangePeeringPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type InternalRangeState added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeState struct {
}

func (InternalRangeState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type InternalRangeUsage added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeUsage string

The type of usage set for this InternalRange.

func (InternalRangeUsage) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeUsage) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (InternalRangeUsage) ToInternalRangeUsageOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeUsage) ToInternalRangeUsageOutput() InternalRangeUsageOutput

func (InternalRangeUsage) ToInternalRangeUsageOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeUsage) ToInternalRangeUsageOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeUsageOutput

func (InternalRangeUsage) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeUsage) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutput() InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsage) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeUsage) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsage) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeUsage) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangeUsage) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeUsage) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangeUsage) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeUsage) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsage) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e InternalRangeUsage) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type InternalRangeUsageInput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeUsageInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInternalRangeUsageOutput() InternalRangeUsageOutput
	ToInternalRangeUsageOutputWithContext(context.Context) InternalRangeUsageOutput
}

InternalRangeUsageInput is an input type that accepts InternalRangeUsageArgs and InternalRangeUsageOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `InternalRangeUsageInput` via:

InternalRangeUsageArgs{...}

type InternalRangeUsageOutput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeUsageOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToInternalRangeUsageOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToInternalRangeUsageOutput() InternalRangeUsageOutput

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToInternalRangeUsageOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToInternalRangeUsageOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeUsageOutput

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutput() InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsageOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type InternalRangeUsagePtrInput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeUsagePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutput() InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput
	ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput
}

func InternalRangeUsagePtr added in v0.28.0

func InternalRangeUsagePtr(v string) InternalRangeUsagePtrInput

type InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput added in v0.28.0

type InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutput() InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ToInternalRangeUsagePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o InternalRangeUsagePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type LinkedInterconnectAttachments

type LinkedInterconnectAttachments struct {
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer *bool `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
	// The URIs of linked interconnect attachment resources
	Uris []string `pulumi:"uris"`
}

A collection of VLAN attachment resources. These resources should be redundant attachments that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in active/passive configurations, all attachments should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs struct {
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
	// The URIs of linked interconnect attachment resources
	Uris pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"uris"`
}

A collection of VLAN attachment resources. These resources should be redundant attachments that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in active/passive configurations, all attachments should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ElementType

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput

func (i LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutputWithContext

func (i LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

func (i LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutputWithContext

func (i LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsInput

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput
	ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutputWithContext(context.Context) LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput
}

LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsInput is an input type that accepts LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs and LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsInput` via:

LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs{...}

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of VLAN attachment resources. These resources should be redundant attachments that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in active/passive configurations, all attachments should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsOutput) Uris

The URIs of linked interconnect attachment resources

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrInput

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput
	ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput
}

LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrInput is an input type that accepts LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs, LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtr and LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrInput` via:

        LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) Elem

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrOutput) Uris

The URIs of linked interconnect attachment resources

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponse

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponse struct {
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer bool `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
	// The URIs of linked interconnect attachment resources
	Uris []string `pulumi:"uris"`
	// The VPC network where these VLAN attachments are located.
	VpcNetwork string `pulumi:"vpcNetwork"`
}

A collection of VLAN attachment resources. These resources should be redundant attachments that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in active/passive configurations, all attachments should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput

type LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of VLAN attachment resources. These resources should be redundant attachments that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in active/passive configurations, all attachments should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput) ToLinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput) Uris

The URIs of linked interconnect attachment resources

func (LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput) VpcNetwork added in v0.28.0

The VPC network where these VLAN attachments are located.

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstances

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstances struct {
	// The list of router appliance instances.
	Instances []RouterApplianceInstance `pulumi:"instances"`
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer *bool `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
}

A collection of router appliance instances. If you configure multiple router appliance instances to receive data from the same set of sites outside of Google Cloud, we recommend that you associate those instances with the same spoke.

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs struct {
	// The list of router appliance instances.
	Instances RouterApplianceInstanceArrayInput `pulumi:"instances"`
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
}

A collection of router appliance instances. If you configure multiple router appliance instances to receive data from the same set of sites outside of Google Cloud, we recommend that you associate those instances with the same spoke.

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ElementType

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput

func (i LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutputWithContext

func (i LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

func (i LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutputWithContext

func (i LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesInput

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput
	ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutputWithContext(context.Context) LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput
}

LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesInput is an input type that accepts LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs and LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesInput` via:

LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs{...}

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of router appliance instances. If you configure multiple router appliance instances to receive data from the same set of sites outside of Google Cloud, we recommend that you associate those instances with the same spoke.

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) Instances

The list of router appliance instances.

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrInput

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput
	ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput
}

LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrInput is an input type that accepts LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs, LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtr and LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrInput` via:

        LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput) Elem

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput) Instances

The list of router appliance instances.

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrOutput

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponse

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponse struct {
	// The list of router appliance instances.
	Instances []RouterApplianceInstanceResponse `pulumi:"instances"`
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer bool `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
	// The VPC network where these router appliance instances are located.
	VpcNetwork string `pulumi:"vpcNetwork"`
}

A collection of router appliance instances. If you configure multiple router appliance instances to receive data from the same set of sites outside of Google Cloud, we recommend that you associate those instances with the same spoke.

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput

type LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of router appliance instances. If you configure multiple router appliance instances to receive data from the same set of sites outside of Google Cloud, we recommend that you associate those instances with the same spoke.

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput) Instances

The list of router appliance instances.

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput) ToLinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput

func (LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput) VpcNetwork added in v0.28.0

The VPC network where these router appliance instances are located.

type LinkedVpcNetwork added in v0.32.0

type LinkedVpcNetwork struct {
	// Optional. IP ranges encompassing the subnets to be excluded from peering.
	ExcludeExportRanges []string `pulumi:"excludeExportRanges"`
	// The URI of the VPC network resource.
	Uri string `pulumi:"uri"`
}

An existing VPC network.

type LinkedVpcNetworkArgs added in v0.32.0

type LinkedVpcNetworkArgs struct {
	// Optional. IP ranges encompassing the subnets to be excluded from peering.
	ExcludeExportRanges pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"excludeExportRanges"`
	// The URI of the VPC network resource.
	Uri pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"uri"`
}

An existing VPC network.

func (LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutput() LinkedVpcNetworkOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpcNetworkOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput() LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput

type LinkedVpcNetworkInput added in v0.32.0

type LinkedVpcNetworkInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutput() LinkedVpcNetworkOutput
	ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutputWithContext(context.Context) LinkedVpcNetworkOutput
}

LinkedVpcNetworkInput is an input type that accepts LinkedVpcNetworkArgs and LinkedVpcNetworkOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LinkedVpcNetworkInput` via:

LinkedVpcNetworkArgs{...}

type LinkedVpcNetworkOutput added in v0.32.0

type LinkedVpcNetworkOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

An existing VPC network.

func (LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ExcludeExportRanges added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ExcludeExportRanges() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. IP ranges encompassing the subnets to be excluded from peering.

func (LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutput() LinkedVpcNetworkOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpcNetworkOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput() LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkOutput) Uri added in v0.32.0

The URI of the VPC network resource.

type LinkedVpcNetworkPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type LinkedVpcNetworkPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput() LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput
	ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput
}

LinkedVpcNetworkPtrInput is an input type that accepts LinkedVpcNetworkArgs, LinkedVpcNetworkPtr and LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LinkedVpcNetworkPtrInput` via:

        LinkedVpcNetworkArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func LinkedVpcNetworkPtr added in v0.32.0

func LinkedVpcNetworkPtr(v *LinkedVpcNetworkArgs) LinkedVpcNetworkPtrInput

type LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) ExcludeExportRanges added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) ExcludeExportRanges() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. IP ranges encompassing the subnets to be excluded from peering.

func (LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput() LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkPtrOutput) Uri added in v0.32.0

The URI of the VPC network resource.

type LinkedVpcNetworkResponse added in v0.32.0

type LinkedVpcNetworkResponse struct {
	// Optional. IP ranges encompassing the subnets to be excluded from peering.
	ExcludeExportRanges []string `pulumi:"excludeExportRanges"`
	// The URI of the VPC network resource.
	Uri string `pulumi:"uri"`
}

An existing VPC network.

type LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

An existing VPC network.

func (LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput) ExcludeExportRanges added in v0.32.0

Optional. IP ranges encompassing the subnets to be excluded from peering.

func (LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput() LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput) ToLinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput

func (LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput) Uri added in v0.32.0

The URI of the VPC network resource.

type LinkedVpnTunnels

type LinkedVpnTunnels struct {
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer *bool `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
	// The URIs of linked VPN tunnel resources.
	Uris []string `pulumi:"uris"`
}

A collection of Cloud VPN tunnel resources. These resources should be redundant HA VPN tunnels that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in a passive/active configuration, all tunnels should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

type LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs

type LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs struct {
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
	// The URIs of linked VPN tunnel resources.
	Uris pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"uris"`
}

A collection of Cloud VPN tunnel resources. These resources should be redundant HA VPN tunnels that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in a passive/active configuration, all tunnels should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ElementType

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutput

func (i LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutput() LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutputWithContext

func (i LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

func (i LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput() LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutputWithContext

func (i LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

type LinkedVpnTunnelsInput

type LinkedVpnTunnelsInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutput() LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput
	ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutputWithContext(context.Context) LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput
}

LinkedVpnTunnelsInput is an input type that accepts LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs and LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LinkedVpnTunnelsInput` via:

LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs{...}

type LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput

type LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of Cloud VPN tunnel resources. These resources should be redundant HA VPN tunnels that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in a passive/active configuration, all tunnels should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutput

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutput() LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput() LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsOutput) Uris

The URIs of linked VPN tunnel resources.

type LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrInput

type LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput() LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput
	ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput
}

LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrInput is an input type that accepts LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs, LinkedVpnTunnelsPtr and LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrInput` via:

        LinkedVpnTunnelsArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

type LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) Elem

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput() LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrOutput) Uris

The URIs of linked VPN tunnel resources.

type LinkedVpnTunnelsResponse

type LinkedVpnTunnelsResponse struct {
	// A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).
	SiteToSiteDataTransfer bool `pulumi:"siteToSiteDataTransfer"`
	// The URIs of linked VPN tunnel resources.
	Uris []string `pulumi:"uris"`
	// The VPC network where these VPN tunnels are located.
	VpcNetwork string `pulumi:"vpcNetwork"`
}

A collection of Cloud VPN tunnel resources. These resources should be redundant HA VPN tunnels that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in a passive/active configuration, all tunnels should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

type LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput

type LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of Cloud VPN tunnel resources. These resources should be redundant HA VPN tunnels that all advertise the same prefixes to Google Cloud. Alternatively, in a passive/active configuration, all tunnels should be capable of advertising the same prefixes.

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) ElementType

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) SiteToSiteDataTransfer() pulumi.BoolOutput

A value that controls whether site-to-site data transfer is enabled for these resources. Data transfer is available only in [supported locations](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/locations).

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput() LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutputWithContext

func (o LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) ToLinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) Uris

The URIs of linked VPN tunnel resources.

func (LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput) VpcNetwork added in v0.28.0

The VPC network where these VPN tunnels are located.

type LookupHubArgs

type LookupHubArgs struct {
	HubId   string  `pulumi:"hubId"`
	Project *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupHubGroupIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupHubGroupIamPolicyArgs struct {
	GroupId                       string  `pulumi:"groupId"`
	HubId                         string  `pulumi:"hubId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupHubGroupIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupHubGroupIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	GroupId                       pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"groupId"`
	HubId                         pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"hubId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupHubGroupIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupHubGroupIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func LookupHubGroupIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupHubGroupIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupHubGroupIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupHubGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupHubIamPolicyArgs

type LookupHubIamPolicyArgs struct {
	HubId                         string  `pulumi:"hubId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupHubIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupHubIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	HubId                         pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"hubId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupHubIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupHubIamPolicyResult

type LookupHubIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupHubIamPolicy

func LookupHubIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupHubIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupHubIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupHubIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupHubIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupHubIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupHubOutputArgs

type LookupHubOutputArgs struct {
	HubId   pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"hubId"`
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupHubOutputArgs) ElementType

func (LookupHubOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupHubResult

type LookupHubResult struct {
	// The time the hub was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// An optional description of the hub.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The route tables that belong to this hub. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}/routeTables/{route_table_id}` This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the route tables nested under the hub.
	RouteTables []string `pulumi:"routeTables"`
	// The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub.
	RoutingVpcs []RoutingVPCResponse `pulumi:"routingVpcs"`
	// A summary of the spokes associated with a hub. The summary includes a count of spokes according to type and according to state. If any spokes are inactive, the summary also lists the reasons they are inactive, including a count for each reason.
	SpokeSummary SpokeSummaryResponse `pulumi:"spokeSummary"`
	// The current lifecycle state of this hub.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The Google-generated UUID for the hub. This value is unique across all hub resources. If a hub is deleted and another with the same name is created, the new hub is assigned a different unique_id.
	UniqueId string `pulumi:"uniqueId"`
	// The time the hub was last updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupHub

func LookupHub(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupHubArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupHubResult, error)

Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center hub.

type LookupHubResultOutput

type LookupHubResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupHubResultOutput) CreateTime

func (o LookupHubResultOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The time the hub was created.

func (LookupHubResultOutput) Description

func (o LookupHubResultOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

An optional description of the hub.

func (LookupHubResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupHubResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupHubResultOutput) Labels

Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).

func (LookupHubResultOutput) Name

Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}`

func (LookupHubResultOutput) RouteTables added in v0.32.0

The route tables that belong to this hub. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}/routeTables/{route_table_id}` This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the route tables nested under the hub.

func (LookupHubResultOutput) RoutingVpcs

The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub.

func (LookupHubResultOutput) SpokeSummary added in v0.32.0

A summary of the spokes associated with a hub. The summary includes a count of spokes according to type and according to state. If any spokes are inactive, the summary also lists the reasons they are inactive, including a count for each reason.

func (LookupHubResultOutput) State

The current lifecycle state of this hub.

func (LookupHubResultOutput) ToLookupHubResultOutput

func (o LookupHubResultOutput) ToLookupHubResultOutput() LookupHubResultOutput

func (LookupHubResultOutput) ToLookupHubResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupHubResultOutput) ToLookupHubResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupHubResultOutput

func (LookupHubResultOutput) UniqueId

The Google-generated UUID for the hub. This value is unique across all hub resources. If a hub is deleted and another with the same name is created, the new hub is assigned a different unique_id.

func (LookupHubResultOutput) UpdateTime

func (o LookupHubResultOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The time the hub was last updated.

type LookupInternalRangeArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupInternalRangeArgs struct {
	InternalRangeId string  `pulumi:"internalRangeId"`
	Location        string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project         *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupInternalRangeOutputArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupInternalRangeOutputArgs struct {
	InternalRangeId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"internalRangeId"`
	Location        pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project         pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupInternalRangeOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type LookupInternalRangeResult added in v0.28.0

type LookupInternalRangeResult struct {
	// Time when the internal range was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// A description of this resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// The IP range that this internal range defines.
	IpCidrRange string `pulumi:"ipCidrRange"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. The name of an internal range. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/internalRanges/{internal_range} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The URL or resource ID of the network in which to reserve the internal range. The network cannot be deleted if there are any reserved internal ranges referring to it. Legacy networks are not supported. This can only be specified for a global internal address. Example: - URL: /compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{resourceId} - ID: network123
	Network string `pulumi:"network"`
	// Optional. Types of resources that are allowed to overlap with the current internal range.
	Overlaps []string `pulumi:"overlaps"`
	// The type of peering set for this internal range.
	Peering string `pulumi:"peering"`
	// An alternate to ip_cidr_range. Can be set when trying to create a reservation that automatically finds a free range of the given size. If both ip_cidr_range and prefix_length are set, there is an error if the range sizes do not match. Can also be used during updates to change the range size.
	PrefixLength int `pulumi:"prefixLength"`
	// Optional. Can be set to narrow down or pick a different address space while searching for a free range. If not set, defaults to the "10.0.0.0/8" address space. This can be used to search in other rfc-1918 address spaces like "172.16.0.0/12" and "192.168.0.0/16" or non-rfc-1918 address spaces used in the VPC.
	TargetCidrRange []string `pulumi:"targetCidrRange"`
	// Time when the internal range was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// The type of usage set for this InternalRange.
	Usage string `pulumi:"usage"`
	// The list of resources that refer to this internal range. Resources that use the internal range for their range allocation are referred to as users of the range. Other resources mark themselves as users while doing so by creating a reference to this internal range. Having a user, based on this reference, prevents deletion of the internal range referred to. Can be empty.
	Users []string `pulumi:"users"`
}

func LookupInternalRange added in v0.28.0

func LookupInternalRange(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupInternalRangeArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupInternalRangeResult, error)

Gets details of a single internal range.

type LookupInternalRangeResultOutput added in v0.28.0

type LookupInternalRangeResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupInternalRangeOutput added in v0.28.0

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.28.0

Time when the internal range was created.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) Description added in v0.28.0

A description of this resource.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) IpCidrRange added in v0.28.0

The IP range that this internal range defines.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) Labels added in v0.28.0

User-defined labels.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

Immutable. The name of an internal range. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/internalRanges/{internal_range} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) Network added in v0.28.0

The URL or resource ID of the network in which to reserve the internal range. The network cannot be deleted if there are any reserved internal ranges referring to it. Legacy networks are not supported. This can only be specified for a global internal address. Example: - URL: /compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{resourceId} - ID: network123

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) Overlaps added in v0.28.0

Optional. Types of resources that are allowed to overlap with the current internal range.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) Peering added in v0.28.0

The type of peering set for this internal range.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) PrefixLength added in v0.28.0

An alternate to ip_cidr_range. Can be set when trying to create a reservation that automatically finds a free range of the given size. If both ip_cidr_range and prefix_length are set, there is an error if the range sizes do not match. Can also be used during updates to change the range size.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) TargetCidrRange added in v0.28.0

Optional. Can be set to narrow down or pick a different address space while searching for a free range. If not set, defaults to the "10.0.0.0/8" address space. This can be used to search in other rfc-1918 address spaces like "172.16.0.0/12" and "192.168.0.0/16" or non-rfc-1918 address spaces used in the VPC.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) ToLookupInternalRangeResultOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) ToLookupInternalRangeResultOutput() LookupInternalRangeResultOutput

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) ToLookupInternalRangeResultOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) ToLookupInternalRangeResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupInternalRangeResultOutput

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.28.0

Time when the internal range was updated.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) Usage added in v0.28.0

The type of usage set for this InternalRange.

func (LookupInternalRangeResultOutput) Users added in v0.28.0

The list of resources that refer to this internal range. Resources that use the internal range for their range allocation are referred to as users of the range. Other resources mark themselves as users while doing so by creating a reference to this internal range. Having a user, based on this reference, prevents deletion of the internal range referred to. Can be empty.

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteArgs struct {
	PolicyBasedRouteId string  `pulumi:"policyBasedRouteId"`
	Project            *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyArgs

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	PolicyBasedRouteId            string  `pulumi:"policyBasedRouteId"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	PolicyBasedRouteId            pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"policyBasedRouteId"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResult

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteOutputArgs struct {
	PolicyBasedRouteId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"policyBasedRouteId"`
	Project            pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteResult struct {
	// Time when the policy-based route was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// The filter to match L4 traffic.
	Filter FilterResponse `pulumi:"filter"`
	// Optional. The interconnect attachments that this policy-based route applies to.
	InterconnectAttachment InterconnectAttachmentResponse `pulumi:"interconnectAttachment"`
	// Type of this resource. Always networkconnectivity#policyBasedRoute for policy-based Route resources.
	Kind string `pulumi:"kind"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to, for example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.
	Network string `pulumi:"network"`
	// Optional. The IP address of a global-access-enabled L4 ILB that is the next hop for matching packets. For this version, only nextHopIlbIp is supported.
	NextHopIlbIp string `pulumi:"nextHopIlbIp"`
	// Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.
	NextHopOtherRoutes string `pulumi:"nextHopOtherRoutes"`
	// Optional. The priority of this policy-based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy-based routes found. In cases where multiple policy-based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
	Priority int `pulumi:"priority"`
	// Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
	SelfLink string `pulumi:"selfLink"`
	// Time when the policy-based route was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// Optional. VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.
	VirtualMachine VirtualMachineResponse `pulumi:"virtualMachine"`
	// If potential misconfigurations are detected for this route, this field will be populated with warning messages.
	Warnings []WarningsResponse `pulumi:"warnings"`
}

func LookupPolicyBasedRoute added in v0.32.0

func LookupPolicyBasedRoute(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupPolicyBasedRouteArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupPolicyBasedRouteResult, error)

Gets details of a single policy-based route.

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupPolicyBasedRouteOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Time when the policy-based route was created.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) Description added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) Filter added in v0.32.0

The filter to match L4 traffic.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) InterconnectAttachment added in v0.32.0

Optional. The interconnect attachments that this policy-based route applies to.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) Kind added in v0.32.0

Type of this resource. Always networkconnectivity#policyBasedRoute for policy-based Route resources.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

User-defined labels.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) Network added in v0.32.0

Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to, for example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) NextHopIlbIp added in v0.32.0

Optional. The IP address of a global-access-enabled L4 ILB that is the next hop for matching packets. For this version, only nextHopIlbIp is supported.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) NextHopOtherRoutes added in v0.32.0

Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) Priority added in v0.32.0

Optional. The priority of this policy-based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy-based routes found. In cases where multiple policy-based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.

Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) ToLookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) ToLookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput() LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) ToLookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) ToLookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Time when the policy-based route was updated.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) VirtualMachine added in v0.32.0

Optional. VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.

func (LookupPolicyBasedRouteResultOutput) Warnings added in v0.32.0

If potential misconfigurations are detected for this route, this field will be populated with warning messages.

type LookupServiceClassIamPolicyArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceClassIamPolicyArgs struct {
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceClassId                string  `pulumi:"serviceClassId"`
}

type LookupServiceClassIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceClassIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceClassId                pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"serviceClassId"`
}

func (LookupServiceClassIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResult added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupServiceClassIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func LookupServiceClassIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupServiceClassIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.28.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.28.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServiceClassIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.28.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupServiceConnectionMapArgs added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionMapArgs struct {
	Location               string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                *string `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionMapId string  `pulumi:"serviceConnectionMapId"`
}

type LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyArgs struct {
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionMapId        string  `pulumi:"serviceConnectionMapId"`
}

type LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionMapId        pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"serviceConnectionMapId"`
}

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResult added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.28.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.28.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.28.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupServiceConnectionMapOutputArgs added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionMapOutputArgs struct {
	Location               pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionMapId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"serviceConnectionMapId"`
}

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionMapResult added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionMapResult struct {
	// The PSC configurations on consumer side.
	ConsumerPscConfigs []ConsumerPscConfigResponse `pulumi:"consumerPscConfigs"`
	// PSC connection details on consumer side.
	ConsumerPscConnections []ConsumerPscConnectionResponse `pulumi:"consumerPscConnections"`
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// A description of this resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// The infrastructure used for connections between consumers/producers.
	Infrastructure string `pulumi:"infrastructure"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionMap. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionMaps/{service_connection_map} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The PSC configurations on producer side.
	ProducerPscConfigs []ProducerPscConfigResponse `pulumi:"producerPscConfigs"`
	// The service class identifier this ServiceConnectionMap is for. The user of ServiceConnectionMap create API needs to have networkconnecitivty.serviceclasses.use iam permission for the service class.
	ServiceClass string `pulumi:"serviceClass"`
	// The service class uri this ServiceConnectionMap is for.
	ServiceClassUri string `pulumi:"serviceClassUri"`
	// The token provided by the consumer. This token authenticates that the consumer can create a connecton within the specified project and network.
	Token string `pulumi:"token"`
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupServiceConnectionMap added in v0.31.1

func LookupServiceConnectionMap(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupServiceConnectionMapArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupServiceConnectionMapResult, error)

Gets details of a single ServiceConnectionMap.

type LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ConsumerPscConfigs added in v0.31.1

The PSC configurations on consumer side.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ConsumerPscConnections added in v0.31.1

PSC connection details on consumer side.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was created.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) Description added in v0.31.1

A description of this resource.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) Infrastructure added in v0.31.1

The infrastructure used for connections between consumers/producers.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) Labels added in v0.31.1

User-defined labels.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) Name added in v0.31.1

Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionMap. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionMaps/{service_connection_map} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ProducerPscConfigs added in v0.31.1

The PSC configurations on producer side.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ServiceClass added in v0.31.1

The service class identifier this ServiceConnectionMap is for. The user of ServiceConnectionMap create API needs to have networkconnecitivty.serviceclasses.use iam permission for the service class.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ServiceClassUri added in v0.31.1

The service class uri this ServiceConnectionMap is for.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput() LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) Token added in v0.31.1

The token provided by the consumer. This token authenticates that the consumer can create a connecton within the specified project and network.

func (LookupServiceConnectionMapResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was updated.

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyArgs added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyArgs struct {
	Location                  string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                   *string `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionPolicyId string  `pulumi:"serviceConnectionPolicyId"`
}

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyArgs struct {
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionPolicyId     string  `pulumi:"serviceConnectionPolicyId"`
}

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionPolicyId     pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"serviceConnectionPolicyId"`
}

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResult added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.28.0

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.28.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.28.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.28.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location                  pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                   pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionPolicyId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"serviceConnectionPolicyId"`
}

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResult added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResult struct {
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// A description of this resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// The type of underlying resources used to create the connection.
	Infrastructure string `pulumi:"infrastructure"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionPolicy. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{service_connection_policy} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The resource path of the consumer network. Example: - projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.
	Network string `pulumi:"network"`
	// Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.
	PscConfig PscConfigResponse `pulumi:"pscConfig"`
	// [Output only] Information about each Private Service Connect connection.
	PscConnections []PscConnectionResponse `pulumi:"pscConnections"`
	// The service class identifier for which this ServiceConnectionPolicy is for. The service class identifier is a unique, symbolic representation of a ServiceClass. It is provided by the Service Producer. Google services have a prefix of gcp. For example, gcp-cloud-sql. 3rd party services do not. For example, test-service-a3dfcx.
	ServiceClass string `pulumi:"serviceClass"`
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupServiceConnectionPolicy added in v0.31.1

Gets details of a single ServiceConnectionPolicy.

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was created.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) Description added in v0.31.1

A description of this resource.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) Infrastructure added in v0.31.1

The type of underlying resources used to create the connection.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) Labels added in v0.31.1

User-defined labels.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) Name added in v0.31.1

Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionPolicy. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{service_connection_policy} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) Network added in v0.31.1

The resource path of the consumer network. Example: - projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) PscConfig added in v0.31.1

Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) PscConnections added in v0.31.1

[Output only] Information about each Private Service Connect connection.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) ServiceClass added in v0.31.1

The service class identifier for which this ServiceConnectionPolicy is for. The service class identifier is a unique, symbolic representation of a ServiceClass. It is provided by the Service Producer. Google services have a prefix of gcp. For example, gcp-cloud-sql. 3rd party services do not. For example, test-service-a3dfcx.

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput() LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionPolicyResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was updated.

type LookupServiceConnectionTokenArgs added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionTokenArgs struct {
	Location                 string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                  *string `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionTokenId string  `pulumi:"serviceConnectionTokenId"`
}

type LookupServiceConnectionTokenOutputArgs added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionTokenOutputArgs struct {
	Location                 pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                  pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionTokenId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"serviceConnectionTokenId"`
}

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionTokenResult added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionTokenResult struct {
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionToken was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// A description of this resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// The time to which this token is valid.
	ExpireTime string `pulumi:"expireTime"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionToken. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ServiceConnectionTokens/{service_connection_token} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The resource path of the network associated with this token. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.
	Network string `pulumi:"network"`
	// The token generated by Automation.
	Token string `pulumi:"token"`
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionToken was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupServiceConnectionToken added in v0.31.1

func LookupServiceConnectionToken(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupServiceConnectionTokenArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupServiceConnectionTokenResult, error)

Gets details of a single ServiceConnectionToken.

type LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput added in v0.31.1

type LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionToken was created.

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) Description added in v0.31.1

A description of this resource.

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) ExpireTime added in v0.31.1

The time to which this token is valid.

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) Labels added in v0.31.1

User-defined labels.

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) Name added in v0.31.1

Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionToken. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ServiceConnectionTokens/{service_connection_token} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) Network added in v0.31.1

The resource path of the network associated with this token. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput() LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) ToLookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) Token added in v0.31.1

The token generated by Automation.

func (LookupServiceConnectionTokenResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionToken was updated.

type LookupSpokeArgs

type LookupSpokeArgs struct {
	Location string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  *string `pulumi:"project"`
	SpokeId  string  `pulumi:"spokeId"`
}

type LookupSpokeIamPolicyArgs

type LookupSpokeIamPolicyArgs struct {
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	SpokeId                       string  `pulumi:"spokeId"`
}

type LookupSpokeIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupSpokeIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	SpokeId                       pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"spokeId"`
}

func (LookupSpokeIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupSpokeIamPolicyResult

type LookupSpokeIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupSpokeIamPolicy

func LookupSpokeIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSpokeIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSpokeIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSpokeIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupSpokeOutputArgs

type LookupSpokeOutputArgs struct {
	Location pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	SpokeId  pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"spokeId"`
}

func (LookupSpokeOutputArgs) ElementType

func (LookupSpokeOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupSpokeResult

type LookupSpokeResult struct {
	// The time the spoke was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// An optional description of the spoke.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. The name of the group that this spoke is associated with.
	Group string `pulumi:"group"`
	// Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to.
	Hub string `pulumi:"hub"`
	// Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// VLAN attachments that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedInterconnectAttachments LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponse `pulumi:"linkedInterconnectAttachments"`
	// Router appliance instances that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedRouterApplianceInstances LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponse `pulumi:"linkedRouterApplianceInstances"`
	// Optional. VPC network that is associated with the spoke.
	LinkedVpcNetwork LinkedVpcNetworkResponse `pulumi:"linkedVpcNetwork"`
	// VPN tunnels that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedVpnTunnels LinkedVpnTunnelsResponse `pulumi:"linkedVpnTunnels"`
	// Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The reasons for current state of the spoke. Only present when the spoke is in the `INACTIVE` state.
	Reasons []StateReasonResponse `pulumi:"reasons"`
	// The type of resource associated with the spoke.
	SpokeType string `pulumi:"spokeType"`
	// The current lifecycle state of this spoke.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The Google-generated UUID for the spoke. This value is unique across all spoke resources. If a spoke is deleted and another with the same name is created, the new spoke is assigned a different `unique_id`.
	UniqueId string `pulumi:"uniqueId"`
	// The time the spoke was last updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupSpoke

func LookupSpoke(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSpokeArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSpokeResult, error)

Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center spoke.

type LookupSpokeResultOutput

type LookupSpokeResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) CreateTime

The time the spoke was created.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) Description

An optional description of the spoke.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) Group added in v0.32.0

Optional. The name of the group that this spoke is associated with.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) Hub

Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) Labels

Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) LinkedInterconnectAttachments

func (o LookupSpokeResultOutput) LinkedInterconnectAttachments() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput

VLAN attachments that are associated with the spoke.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) LinkedRouterApplianceInstances

func (o LookupSpokeResultOutput) LinkedRouterApplianceInstances() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput

Router appliance instances that are associated with the spoke.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) LinkedVpcNetwork added in v0.32.0

Optional. VPC network that is associated with the spoke.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) LinkedVpnTunnels

VPN tunnels that are associated with the spoke.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) Name

Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) Reasons added in v0.32.0

The reasons for current state of the spoke. Only present when the spoke is in the `INACTIVE` state.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) SpokeType added in v0.32.0

The type of resource associated with the spoke.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) State

The current lifecycle state of this spoke.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) ToLookupSpokeResultOutput

func (o LookupSpokeResultOutput) ToLookupSpokeResultOutput() LookupSpokeResultOutput

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) ToLookupSpokeResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupSpokeResultOutput) ToLookupSpokeResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSpokeResultOutput

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) UniqueId

The Google-generated UUID for the spoke. This value is unique across all spoke resources. If a spoke is deleted and another with the same name is created, the new spoke is assigned a different `unique_id`.

func (LookupSpokeResultOutput) UpdateTime

The time the spoke was last updated.

type PolicyBasedRoute added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRoute struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Time when the policy-based route was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// The filter to match L4 traffic.
	Filter FilterResponseOutput `pulumi:"filter"`
	// Optional. The interconnect attachments that this policy-based route applies to.
	InterconnectAttachment InterconnectAttachmentResponseOutput `pulumi:"interconnectAttachment"`
	// Type of this resource. Always networkconnectivity#policyBasedRoute for policy-based Route resources.
	Kind pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"kind"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to, for example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.
	Network pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"network"`
	// Optional. The IP address of a global-access-enabled L4 ILB that is the next hop for matching packets. For this version, only nextHopIlbIp is supported.
	NextHopIlbIp pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"nextHopIlbIp"`
	// Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.
	NextHopOtherRoutes pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"nextHopOtherRoutes"`
	// Required. Unique id for the policy-based route to create.
	PolicyBasedRouteId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"policyBasedRouteId"`
	// Optional. The priority of this policy-based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy-based routes found. In cases where multiple policy-based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
	Priority pulumi.IntOutput    `pulumi:"priority"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
	SelfLink pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"selfLink"`
	// Time when the policy-based route was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// Optional. VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.
	VirtualMachine VirtualMachineResponseOutput `pulumi:"virtualMachine"`
	// If potential misconfigurations are detected for this route, this field will be populated with warning messages.
	Warnings WarningsResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"warnings"`
}

Creates a new policy-based route in a given project and location. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetPolicyBasedRoute added in v0.32.0

func GetPolicyBasedRoute(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *PolicyBasedRouteState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PolicyBasedRoute, error)

GetPolicyBasedRoute gets an existing PolicyBasedRoute resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewPolicyBasedRoute added in v0.32.0

func NewPolicyBasedRoute(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *PolicyBasedRouteArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PolicyBasedRoute, error)

NewPolicyBasedRoute registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*PolicyBasedRoute) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*PolicyBasedRoute) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*PolicyBasedRoute) ToPolicyBasedRouteOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *PolicyBasedRoute) ToPolicyBasedRouteOutput() PolicyBasedRouteOutput

func (*PolicyBasedRoute) ToPolicyBasedRouteOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *PolicyBasedRoute) ToPolicyBasedRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteOutput

type PolicyBasedRouteArgs added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteArgs struct {
	// Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The filter to match L4 traffic.
	Filter FilterInput
	// Optional. The interconnect attachments that this policy-based route applies to.
	InterconnectAttachment InterconnectAttachmentPtrInput
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels pulumi.StringMapInput
	// Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to, for example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.
	Network pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. The IP address of a global-access-enabled L4 ILB that is the next hop for matching packets. For this version, only nextHopIlbIp is supported.
	NextHopIlbIp pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.
	NextHopOtherRoutes PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrInput
	// Required. Unique id for the policy-based route to create.
	PolicyBasedRouteId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. The priority of this policy-based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy-based routes found. In cases where multiple policy-based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
	Priority pulumi.IntPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.
	VirtualMachine VirtualMachinePtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a PolicyBasedRoute resource.

func (PolicyBasedRouteArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetPolicyBasedRouteIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetPolicyBasedRouteIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding, error)

GetPolicyBasedRouteIamBinding gets an existing PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewPolicyBasedRouteIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewPolicyBasedRouteIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding, error)

NewPolicyBasedRouteIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a PolicyBasedRouteIamBinding resource.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput
	ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput
}

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingOutput

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingState struct {
}

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMember added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetPolicyBasedRouteIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetPolicyBasedRouteIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PolicyBasedRouteIamMember, error)

GetPolicyBasedRouteIamMember gets an existing PolicyBasedRouteIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewPolicyBasedRouteIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewPolicyBasedRouteIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PolicyBasedRouteIamMember, error)

NewPolicyBasedRouteIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamMember) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *PolicyBasedRouteIamMember) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamMember) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *PolicyBasedRouteIamMember) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a PolicyBasedRouteIamMember resource.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput
	ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput
}

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberOutput

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberState struct {
}

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag               pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	PolicyBasedRouteId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"policyBasedRouteId"`
	Project            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy

func GetPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy, error)

GetPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy gets an existing PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy

func NewPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy, error)

NewPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput

func (i *PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput

func (*PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyArgs

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag               pulumi.StringPtrInput
	PolicyBasedRouteId pulumi.StringInput
	Project            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicy resource.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyInput

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput
	ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput
}

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.19.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) PolicyBasedRouteId added in v0.21.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) PolicyBasedRouteId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput

func (o PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput() PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyState

type PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (PolicyBasedRouteIamPolicyState) ElementType

type PolicyBasedRouteInput added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPolicyBasedRouteOutput() PolicyBasedRouteOutput
	ToPolicyBasedRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteOutput
}

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes string

Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput() PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput() PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutes) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesInput added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput() PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput
	ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutputWithContext(context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput
}

PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesInput is an input type that accepts PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesArgs and PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesInput` via:

PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesArgs{...}

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput() PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput() PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput() PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput
	ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput
}

func PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtr added in v0.32.0

func PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtr(v string) PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrInput

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput() PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteNextHopOtherRoutesPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteOutput added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Time when the policy-based route was created.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Description added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Filter added in v0.32.0

The filter to match L4 traffic.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) InterconnectAttachment added in v0.32.0

Optional. The interconnect attachments that this policy-based route applies to.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Kind added in v0.32.0

Type of this resource. Always networkconnectivity#policyBasedRoute for policy-based Route resources.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

User-defined labels.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Network added in v0.32.0

Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to, for example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) NextHopIlbIp added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteOutput) NextHopIlbIp() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The IP address of a global-access-enabled L4 ILB that is the next hop for matching packets. For this version, only nextHopIlbIp is supported.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) NextHopOtherRoutes added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteOutput) NextHopOtherRoutes() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) PolicyBasedRouteId added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteOutput) PolicyBasedRouteId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Unique id for the policy-based route to create.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Priority added in v0.32.0

Optional. The priority of this policy-based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy-based routes found. In cases where multiple policy-based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) RequestId added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteOutput() PolicyBasedRouteOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o PolicyBasedRouteOutput) ToPolicyBasedRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PolicyBasedRouteOutput

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Time when the policy-based route was updated.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) VirtualMachine added in v0.32.0

Optional. VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.

func (PolicyBasedRouteOutput) Warnings added in v0.32.0

If potential misconfigurations are detected for this route, this field will be populated with warning messages.

type PolicyBasedRouteState added in v0.32.0

type PolicyBasedRouteState struct {
}

func (PolicyBasedRouteState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PolicyBasedRouteState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ProducerPscConfig added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfig struct {
	// The resource path of a service attachment. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resourceId}.
	ServiceAttachmentUri *string `pulumi:"serviceAttachmentUri"`
}

The PSC configurations on producer side.

type ProducerPscConfigArgs added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigArgs struct {
	// The resource path of a service attachment. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resourceId}.
	ServiceAttachmentUri pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"serviceAttachmentUri"`
}

The PSC configurations on producer side.

func (ProducerPscConfigArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProducerPscConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ProducerPscConfigArgs) ToProducerPscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i ProducerPscConfigArgs) ToProducerPscConfigOutput() ProducerPscConfigOutput

func (ProducerPscConfigArgs) ToProducerPscConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i ProducerPscConfigArgs) ToProducerPscConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProducerPscConfigOutput

type ProducerPscConfigArray added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigArray []ProducerPscConfigInput

func (ProducerPscConfigArray) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProducerPscConfigArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ProducerPscConfigArray) ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i ProducerPscConfigArray) ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutput() ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput

func (ProducerPscConfigArray) ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i ProducerPscConfigArray) ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput

type ProducerPscConfigArrayInput added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutput() ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput
	ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput
}

ProducerPscConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts ProducerPscConfigArray and ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ProducerPscConfigArrayInput` via:

ProducerPscConfigArray{ ProducerPscConfigArgs{...} }

type ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput) Index added in v0.31.1

func (ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput) ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput) ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutput() ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput

func (ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput) ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput) ToProducerPscConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProducerPscConfigArrayOutput

type ProducerPscConfigInput added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToProducerPscConfigOutput() ProducerPscConfigOutput
	ToProducerPscConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) ProducerPscConfigOutput
}

ProducerPscConfigInput is an input type that accepts ProducerPscConfigArgs and ProducerPscConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ProducerPscConfigInput` via:

ProducerPscConfigArgs{...}

type ProducerPscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The PSC configurations on producer side.

func (ProducerPscConfigOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProducerPscConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ProducerPscConfigOutput) ServiceAttachmentUri added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigOutput) ServiceAttachmentUri() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

The resource path of a service attachment. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resourceId}.

func (ProducerPscConfigOutput) ToProducerPscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigOutput) ToProducerPscConfigOutput() ProducerPscConfigOutput

func (ProducerPscConfigOutput) ToProducerPscConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigOutput) ToProducerPscConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProducerPscConfigOutput

type ProducerPscConfigResponse added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigResponse struct {
	// The resource path of a service attachment. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resourceId}.
	ServiceAttachmentUri string `pulumi:"serviceAttachmentUri"`
}

The PSC configurations on producer side.

type ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.31.1

func (ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput() ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput

type ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The PSC configurations on producer side.

func (ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput) ServiceAttachmentUri added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput) ServiceAttachmentUri() pulumi.StringOutput

The resource path of a service attachment. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resourceId}.

func (ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput) ToProducerPscConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput) ToProducerPscConfigResponseOutput() ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput

func (ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput) ToProducerPscConfigResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput) ToProducerPscConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProducerPscConfigResponseOutput

type PscConfig added in v0.31.1

type PscConfig struct {
	// Optional. Max number of PSC connections for this policy.
	Limit *string `pulumi:"limit"`
	// The resource paths of subnetworks to use for IP address management. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resourceId}.
	Subnetworks []string `pulumi:"subnetworks"`
}

Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.

type PscConfigArgs added in v0.31.1

type PscConfigArgs struct {
	// Optional. Max number of PSC connections for this policy.
	Limit pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"limit"`
	// The resource paths of subnetworks to use for IP address management. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resourceId}.
	Subnetworks pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"subnetworks"`
}

Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.

func (PscConfigArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (PscConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PscConfigArgs) ToPscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i PscConfigArgs) ToPscConfigOutput() PscConfigOutput

func (PscConfigArgs) ToPscConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i PscConfigArgs) ToPscConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PscConfigOutput

func (PscConfigArgs) ToPscConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i PscConfigArgs) ToPscConfigPtrOutput() PscConfigPtrOutput

func (PscConfigArgs) ToPscConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i PscConfigArgs) ToPscConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PscConfigPtrOutput

type PscConfigInput added in v0.31.1

type PscConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPscConfigOutput() PscConfigOutput
	ToPscConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) PscConfigOutput
}

PscConfigInput is an input type that accepts PscConfigArgs and PscConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PscConfigInput` via:

PscConfigArgs{...}

type PscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

type PscConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.

func (PscConfigOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (PscConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PscConfigOutput) Limit added in v0.31.1

Optional. Max number of PSC connections for this policy.

func (PscConfigOutput) Subnetworks added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigOutput) Subnetworks() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

The resource paths of subnetworks to use for IP address management. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resourceId}.

func (PscConfigOutput) ToPscConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigOutput) ToPscConfigOutput() PscConfigOutput

func (PscConfigOutput) ToPscConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigOutput) ToPscConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PscConfigOutput

func (PscConfigOutput) ToPscConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigOutput) ToPscConfigPtrOutput() PscConfigPtrOutput

func (PscConfigOutput) ToPscConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigOutput) ToPscConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PscConfigPtrOutput

type PscConfigPtrInput added in v0.31.1

type PscConfigPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPscConfigPtrOutput() PscConfigPtrOutput
	ToPscConfigPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) PscConfigPtrOutput
}

PscConfigPtrInput is an input type that accepts PscConfigArgs, PscConfigPtr and PscConfigPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PscConfigPtrInput` via:

        PscConfigArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func PscConfigPtr added in v0.31.1

func PscConfigPtr(v *PscConfigArgs) PscConfigPtrInput

type PscConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

type PscConfigPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PscConfigPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.31.1

func (PscConfigPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (PscConfigPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PscConfigPtrOutput) Limit added in v0.31.1

Optional. Max number of PSC connections for this policy.

func (PscConfigPtrOutput) Subnetworks added in v0.31.1

The resource paths of subnetworks to use for IP address management. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resourceId}.

func (PscConfigPtrOutput) ToPscConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigPtrOutput) ToPscConfigPtrOutput() PscConfigPtrOutput

func (PscConfigPtrOutput) ToPscConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigPtrOutput) ToPscConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PscConfigPtrOutput

type PscConfigResponse added in v0.31.1

type PscConfigResponse struct {
	// Optional. Max number of PSC connections for this policy.
	Limit string `pulumi:"limit"`
	// The resource paths of subnetworks to use for IP address management. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resourceId}.
	Subnetworks []string `pulumi:"subnetworks"`
}

Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.

type PscConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type PscConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.

func (PscConfigResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (PscConfigResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PscConfigResponseOutput) Limit added in v0.31.1

Optional. Max number of PSC connections for this policy.

func (PscConfigResponseOutput) Subnetworks added in v0.31.1

The resource paths of subnetworks to use for IP address management. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resourceId}.

func (PscConfigResponseOutput) ToPscConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigResponseOutput) ToPscConfigResponseOutput() PscConfigResponseOutput

func (PscConfigResponseOutput) ToPscConfigResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConfigResponseOutput) ToPscConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PscConfigResponseOutput

type PscConnectionResponse added in v0.31.1

type PscConnectionResponse struct {
	// The resource reference of the consumer address.
	ConsumerAddress string `pulumi:"consumerAddress"`
	// The resource reference of the PSC Forwarding Rule within the consumer VPC.
	ConsumerForwardingRule string `pulumi:"consumerForwardingRule"`
	// The project where the PSC connection is created.
	ConsumerTargetProject string `pulumi:"consumerTargetProject"`
	// The most recent error during operating this connection.
	Error GoogleRpcStatusResponse `pulumi:"error"`
	// The error info for the latest error during operating this connection.
	ErrorInfo GoogleRpcErrorInfoResponse `pulumi:"errorInfo"`
	// The error type indicates whether the error is consumer facing, producer facing or system internal.
	ErrorType string `pulumi:"errorType"`
	// The last Compute Engine operation to setup PSC connection.
	GceOperation string `pulumi:"gceOperation"`
	// The PSC connection id of the PSC forwarding rule.
	PscConnectionId string `pulumi:"pscConnectionId"`
	// State of the PSC Connection
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

Information about a specific Private Service Connect connection.

type PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

type PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.31.1

func (PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput() PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput

func (PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToPscConnectionResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToPscConnectionResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput

type PscConnectionResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type PscConnectionResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Information about a specific Private Service Connect connection.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) ConsumerAddress added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConnectionResponseOutput) ConsumerAddress() pulumi.StringOutput

The resource reference of the consumer address.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) ConsumerForwardingRule added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConnectionResponseOutput) ConsumerForwardingRule() pulumi.StringOutput

The resource reference of the PSC Forwarding Rule within the consumer VPC.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) ConsumerTargetProject added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConnectionResponseOutput) ConsumerTargetProject() pulumi.StringOutput

The project where the PSC connection is created.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) Error added in v0.31.1

The most recent error during operating this connection.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) ErrorInfo added in v0.32.0

The error info for the latest error during operating this connection.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) ErrorType added in v0.31.1

The error type indicates whether the error is consumer facing, producer facing or system internal.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) GceOperation added in v0.31.1

The last Compute Engine operation to setup PSC connection.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) PscConnectionId added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConnectionResponseOutput) PscConnectionId() pulumi.StringOutput

The PSC connection id of the PSC forwarding rule.

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) State added in v0.31.1

State of the PSC Connection

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) ToPscConnectionResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConnectionResponseOutput) ToPscConnectionResponseOutput() PscConnectionResponseOutput

func (PscConnectionResponseOutput) ToPscConnectionResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o PscConnectionResponseOutput) ToPscConnectionResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PscConnectionResponseOutput

type RouterApplianceInstance

type RouterApplianceInstance struct {
	// The IP address on the VM to use for peering.
	IpAddress *string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The URI of the VM.
	VirtualMachine *string `pulumi:"virtualMachine"`
}

A router appliance instance is a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance that acts as a BGP speaker. A router appliance instance is specified by the URI of the VM and the internal IP address of one of the VM's network interfaces.

type RouterApplianceInstanceArgs

type RouterApplianceInstanceArgs struct {
	// The IP address on the VM to use for peering.
	IpAddress pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The URI of the VM.
	VirtualMachine pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"virtualMachine"`
}

A router appliance instance is a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance that acts as a BGP speaker. A router appliance instance is specified by the URI of the VM and the internal IP address of one of the VM's network interfaces.

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArgs) ElementType

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArgs) ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutput

func (i RouterApplianceInstanceArgs) ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutput() RouterApplianceInstanceOutput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArgs) ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutputWithContext

func (i RouterApplianceInstanceArgs) ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RouterApplianceInstanceOutput

type RouterApplianceInstanceArray

type RouterApplianceInstanceArray []RouterApplianceInstanceInput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArray) ElementType

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArray) ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput

func (i RouterApplianceInstanceArray) ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput() RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArray) ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutputWithContext

func (i RouterApplianceInstanceArray) ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput

type RouterApplianceInstanceArrayInput

type RouterApplianceInstanceArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput() RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput
	ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput
}

RouterApplianceInstanceArrayInput is an input type that accepts RouterApplianceInstanceArray and RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RouterApplianceInstanceArrayInput` via:

RouterApplianceInstanceArray{ RouterApplianceInstanceArgs{...} }

type RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput

type RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput) ElementType

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput) Index

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput

func (o RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput() RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutputWithContext

func (o RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RouterApplianceInstanceArrayOutput

type RouterApplianceInstanceInput

type RouterApplianceInstanceInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutput() RouterApplianceInstanceOutput
	ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutputWithContext(context.Context) RouterApplianceInstanceOutput
}

RouterApplianceInstanceInput is an input type that accepts RouterApplianceInstanceArgs and RouterApplianceInstanceOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RouterApplianceInstanceInput` via:

RouterApplianceInstanceArgs{...}

type RouterApplianceInstanceOutput

type RouterApplianceInstanceOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A router appliance instance is a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance that acts as a BGP speaker. A router appliance instance is specified by the URI of the VM and the internal IP address of one of the VM's network interfaces.

func (RouterApplianceInstanceOutput) ElementType

func (RouterApplianceInstanceOutput) IpAddress

The IP address on the VM to use for peering.

func (RouterApplianceInstanceOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutput

func (o RouterApplianceInstanceOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutput() RouterApplianceInstanceOutput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutputWithContext

func (o RouterApplianceInstanceOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RouterApplianceInstanceOutput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceOutput) VirtualMachine

The URI of the VM.

type RouterApplianceInstanceResponse

type RouterApplianceInstanceResponse struct {
	// The IP address on the VM to use for peering.
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The URI of the VM.
	VirtualMachine string `pulumi:"virtualMachine"`
}

A router appliance instance is a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance that acts as a BGP speaker. A router appliance instance is specified by the URI of the VM and the internal IP address of one of the VM's network interfaces.

type RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput

type RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput

func (o RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput() RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RouterApplianceInstanceResponseArrayOutput

type RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput

type RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A router appliance instance is a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance that acts as a BGP speaker. A router appliance instance is specified by the URI of the VM and the internal IP address of one of the VM's network interfaces.

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput) ElementType

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput) IpAddress

The IP address on the VM to use for peering.

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput

func (o RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput() RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutputWithContext

func (o RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput) ToRouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput

func (RouterApplianceInstanceResponseOutput) VirtualMachine

The URI of the VM.

type RoutingVPC

type RoutingVPC struct {
	// The URI of the VPC network.
	Uri *string `pulumi:"uri"`
}

RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub.

type RoutingVPCArgs

type RoutingVPCArgs struct {
	// The URI of the VPC network.
	Uri pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"uri"`
}

RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub.

func (RoutingVPCArgs) ElementType

func (RoutingVPCArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RoutingVPCArgs) ToRoutingVPCOutput

func (i RoutingVPCArgs) ToRoutingVPCOutput() RoutingVPCOutput

func (RoutingVPCArgs) ToRoutingVPCOutputWithContext

func (i RoutingVPCArgs) ToRoutingVPCOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RoutingVPCOutput

type RoutingVPCArray

type RoutingVPCArray []RoutingVPCInput

func (RoutingVPCArray) ElementType

func (RoutingVPCArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RoutingVPCArray) ToRoutingVPCArrayOutput

func (i RoutingVPCArray) ToRoutingVPCArrayOutput() RoutingVPCArrayOutput

func (RoutingVPCArray) ToRoutingVPCArrayOutputWithContext

func (i RoutingVPCArray) ToRoutingVPCArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RoutingVPCArrayOutput

type RoutingVPCArrayInput

type RoutingVPCArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRoutingVPCArrayOutput() RoutingVPCArrayOutput
	ToRoutingVPCArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RoutingVPCArrayOutput
}

RoutingVPCArrayInput is an input type that accepts RoutingVPCArray and RoutingVPCArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RoutingVPCArrayInput` via:

RoutingVPCArray{ RoutingVPCArgs{...} }

type RoutingVPCArrayOutput

type RoutingVPCArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RoutingVPCArrayOutput) ElementType

func (RoutingVPCArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RoutingVPCArrayOutput) Index

func (RoutingVPCArrayOutput) ToRoutingVPCArrayOutput

func (o RoutingVPCArrayOutput) ToRoutingVPCArrayOutput() RoutingVPCArrayOutput

func (RoutingVPCArrayOutput) ToRoutingVPCArrayOutputWithContext

func (o RoutingVPCArrayOutput) ToRoutingVPCArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RoutingVPCArrayOutput

type RoutingVPCInput

type RoutingVPCInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRoutingVPCOutput() RoutingVPCOutput
	ToRoutingVPCOutputWithContext(context.Context) RoutingVPCOutput
}

RoutingVPCInput is an input type that accepts RoutingVPCArgs and RoutingVPCOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RoutingVPCInput` via:

RoutingVPCArgs{...}

type RoutingVPCOutput

type RoutingVPCOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub.

func (RoutingVPCOutput) ElementType

func (RoutingVPCOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RoutingVPCOutput) ToRoutingVPCOutput

func (o RoutingVPCOutput) ToRoutingVPCOutput() RoutingVPCOutput

func (RoutingVPCOutput) ToRoutingVPCOutputWithContext

func (o RoutingVPCOutput) ToRoutingVPCOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RoutingVPCOutput

func (RoutingVPCOutput) Uri

The URI of the VPC network.

type RoutingVPCResponse

type RoutingVPCResponse struct {
	// If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. At most, one VPC network will have this field set to true.
	RequiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes bool `pulumi:"requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes"`
	// The URI of the VPC network.
	Uri string `pulumi:"uri"`
}

RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub.

type RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput

type RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput) ToRoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput

func (o RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput) ToRoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput() RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput

func (RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput) ToRoutingVPCResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput) ToRoutingVPCResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RoutingVPCResponseArrayOutput

type RoutingVPCResponseOutput

type RoutingVPCResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub.

func (RoutingVPCResponseOutput) ElementType

func (RoutingVPCResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RoutingVPCResponseOutput) RequiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes added in v0.11.0

func (o RoutingVPCResponseOutput) RequiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes() pulumi.BoolOutput

If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. At most, one VPC network will have this field set to true.

func (RoutingVPCResponseOutput) ToRoutingVPCResponseOutput

func (o RoutingVPCResponseOutput) ToRoutingVPCResponseOutput() RoutingVPCResponseOutput

func (RoutingVPCResponseOutput) ToRoutingVPCResponseOutputWithContext

func (o RoutingVPCResponseOutput) ToRoutingVPCResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RoutingVPCResponseOutput

func (RoutingVPCResponseOutput) Uri

The URI of the VPC network.

type ServiceClassIamBinding added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetServiceClassIamBinding added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceClassIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceClassIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceClassIamBinding, error)

GetServiceClassIamBinding gets an existing ServiceClassIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceClassIamBinding added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceClassIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceClassIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceClassIamBinding, error)

NewServiceClassIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceClassIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceClassIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServiceClassIamBinding) ToServiceClassIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceClassIamBinding) ToServiceClassIamBindingOutput() ServiceClassIamBindingOutput

func (*ServiceClassIamBinding) ToServiceClassIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceClassIamBinding) ToServiceClassIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamBindingOutput

type ServiceClassIamBindingArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceClassIamBinding resource.

func (ServiceClassIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServiceClassIamBindingInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceClassIamBindingOutput() ServiceClassIamBindingOutput
	ToServiceClassIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamBindingOutput
}

type ServiceClassIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.28.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.28.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.28.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) ToServiceClassIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) ToServiceClassIamBindingOutput() ServiceClassIamBindingOutput

func (ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) ToServiceClassIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceClassIamBindingOutput) ToServiceClassIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamBindingOutput

type ServiceClassIamBindingState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ServiceClassIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamMember added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetServiceClassIamMember added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceClassIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceClassIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceClassIamMember, error)

GetServiceClassIamMember gets an existing ServiceClassIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceClassIamMember added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceClassIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceClassIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceClassIamMember, error)

NewServiceClassIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceClassIamMember) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceClassIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServiceClassIamMember) ToServiceClassIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceClassIamMember) ToServiceClassIamMemberOutput() ServiceClassIamMemberOutput

func (*ServiceClassIamMember) ToServiceClassIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceClassIamMember) ToServiceClassIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamMemberOutput

type ServiceClassIamMemberArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceClassIamMember resource.

func (ServiceClassIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServiceClassIamMemberInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceClassIamMemberOutput() ServiceClassIamMemberOutput
	ToServiceClassIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamMemberOutput
}

type ServiceClassIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.28.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.28.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.28.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) ToServiceClassIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) ToServiceClassIamMemberOutput() ServiceClassIamMemberOutput

func (ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) ToServiceClassIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceClassIamMemberOutput) ToServiceClassIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamMemberOutput

type ServiceClassIamMemberState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ServiceClassIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServiceClassIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location       pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project        pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceClassId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serviceClassId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetServiceClassIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceClassIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceClassIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceClassIamPolicy, error)

GetServiceClassIamPolicy gets an existing ServiceClassIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceClassIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceClassIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceClassIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceClassIamPolicy, error)

NewServiceClassIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceClassIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceClassIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServiceClassIamPolicy) ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceClassIamPolicy) ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutput() ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput

func (*ServiceClassIamPolicy) ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceClassIamPolicy) ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput

type ServiceClassIamPolicyArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag           pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location       pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project        pulumi.StringPtrInput
	ServiceClassId pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceClassIamPolicy resource.

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServiceClassIamPolicyInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutput() ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput
	ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput
}

type ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.28.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.28.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) ServiceClassId added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) ServiceClassId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutput() ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceClassIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.28.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ServiceClassIamPolicyState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceClassIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceClassIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServiceConnectionMap added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionMap struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The PSC configurations on consumer side.
	ConsumerPscConfigs ConsumerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"consumerPscConfigs"`
	// PSC connection details on consumer side.
	ConsumerPscConnections ConsumerPscConnectionResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"consumerPscConnections"`
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// A description of this resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// The infrastructure used for connections between consumers/producers.
	Infrastructure pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"infrastructure"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionMap. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionMaps/{service_connection_map} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The PSC configurations on producer side.
	ProducerPscConfigs ProducerPscConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"producerPscConfigs"`
	Project            pulumi.StringOutput                  `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The service class identifier this ServiceConnectionMap is for. The user of ServiceConnectionMap create API needs to have networkconnecitivty.serviceclasses.use iam permission for the service class.
	ServiceClass pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serviceClass"`
	// The service class uri this ServiceConnectionMap is for.
	ServiceClassUri pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serviceClassUri"`
	// Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/serviceConnectionMaps/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location. If one is not provided, one will be generated.
	ServiceConnectionMapId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"serviceConnectionMapId"`
	// The token provided by the consumer. This token authenticates that the consumer can create a connecton within the specified project and network.
	Token pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"token"`
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new ServiceConnectionMap in a given project and location.

func GetServiceConnectionMap added in v0.31.1

func GetServiceConnectionMap(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionMapState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionMap, error)

GetServiceConnectionMap gets an existing ServiceConnectionMap resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionMap added in v0.31.1

func NewServiceConnectionMap(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionMapArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionMap, error)

NewServiceConnectionMap registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionMap) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (*ServiceConnectionMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServiceConnectionMap) ToServiceConnectionMapOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i *ServiceConnectionMap) ToServiceConnectionMapOutput() ServiceConnectionMapOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionMap) ToServiceConnectionMapOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i *ServiceConnectionMap) ToServiceConnectionMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapOutput

type ServiceConnectionMapArgs added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionMapArgs struct {
	// The PSC configurations on consumer side.
	ConsumerPscConfigs ConsumerPscConfigArrayInput
	// A description of this resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionMap. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionMaps/{service_connection_map} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The PSC configurations on producer side.
	ProducerPscConfigs ProducerPscConfigArrayInput
	Project            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The service class identifier this ServiceConnectionMap is for. The user of ServiceConnectionMap create API needs to have networkconnecitivty.serviceclasses.use iam permission for the service class.
	ServiceClass pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/serviceConnectionMaps/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location. If one is not provided, one will be generated.
	ServiceConnectionMapId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The token provided by the consumer. This token authenticates that the consumer can create a connecton within the specified project and network.
	Token pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionMap resource.

func (ServiceConnectionMapArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionMapArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetServiceConnectionMapIamBinding added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceConnectionMapIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding, error)

GetServiceConnectionMapIamBinding gets an existing ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionMapIamBinding added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceConnectionMapIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding, error)

NewServiceConnectionMapIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding) ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding) ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding) ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding) ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionMapIamBinding resource.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput
	ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.28.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.28.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.28.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingOutput

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMember added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetServiceConnectionMapIamMember added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceConnectionMapIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionMapIamMember, error)

GetServiceConnectionMapIamMember gets an existing ServiceConnectionMapIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionMapIamMember added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceConnectionMapIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionMapIamMember, error)

NewServiceConnectionMapIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamMember) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamMember) ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionMapIamMember) ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamMember) ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionMapIamMember) ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionMapIamMember resource.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput
	ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.28.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.28.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.28.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberOutput

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag                   pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location               pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionMapId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serviceConnectionMapId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy, error)

GetServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy gets an existing ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy, error)

NewServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy) ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy) ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy) ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy) ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag                   pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location               pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project                pulumi.StringPtrInput
	ServiceConnectionMapId pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicy resource.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput
	ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.28.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.28.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) ServiceConnectionMapId added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) ServiceConnectionMapId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.28.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionMapIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionMapInput added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionMapOutput() ServiceConnectionMapOutput
	ToServiceConnectionMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionMapOutput added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ConsumerPscConfigs added in v0.31.1

The PSC configurations on consumer side.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ConsumerPscConnections added in v0.31.1

PSC connection details on consumer side.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) CreateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was created.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Description added in v0.31.1

A description of this resource.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Infrastructure added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Infrastructure() pulumi.StringOutput

The infrastructure used for connections between consumers/producers.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Labels added in v0.31.1

User-defined labels.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Location added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Name added in v0.31.1

Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionMap. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionMaps/{service_connection_map} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ProducerPscConfigs added in v0.31.1

The PSC configurations on producer side.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Project added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) RequestId added in v0.31.1

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ServiceClass added in v0.31.1

The service class identifier this ServiceConnectionMap is for. The user of ServiceConnectionMap create API needs to have networkconnecitivty.serviceclasses.use iam permission for the service class.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ServiceClassUri added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ServiceClassUri() pulumi.StringOutput

The service class uri this ServiceConnectionMap is for.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ServiceConnectionMapId added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ServiceConnectionMapId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/serviceConnectionMaps/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location. If one is not provided, one will be generated.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapOutput() ServiceConnectionMapOutput

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionMapOutput) ToServiceConnectionMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionMapOutput

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) Token added in v0.31.1

The token provided by the consumer. This token authenticates that the consumer can create a connecton within the specified project and network.

func (ServiceConnectionMapOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was updated.

type ServiceConnectionMapState added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionMapState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionMapState) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionMapState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServiceConnectionPolicy added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// A description of this resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// The type of underlying resources used to create the connection.
	Infrastructure pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"infrastructure"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionPolicy. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{service_connection_policy} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The resource path of the consumer network. Example: - projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.
	Network pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"network"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.
	PscConfig PscConfigResponseOutput `pulumi:"pscConfig"`
	// [Output only] Information about each Private Service Connect connection.
	PscConnections PscConnectionResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"pscConnections"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The service class identifier for which this ServiceConnectionPolicy is for. The service class identifier is a unique, symbolic representation of a ServiceClass. It is provided by the Service Producer. Google services have a prefix of gcp. For example, gcp-cloud-sql. 3rd party services do not. For example, test-service-a3dfcx.
	ServiceClass pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serviceClass"`
	// Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/serviceConnectionPolicies/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location.
	ServiceConnectionPolicyId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"serviceConnectionPolicyId"`
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new ServiceConnectionPolicy in a given project and location.

func GetServiceConnectionPolicy added in v0.31.1

func GetServiceConnectionPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionPolicy, error)

GetServiceConnectionPolicy gets an existing ServiceConnectionPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionPolicy added in v0.31.1

func NewServiceConnectionPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionPolicy, error)

NewServiceConnectionPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicy) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicy) ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i *ServiceConnectionPolicy) ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicy) ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i *ServiceConnectionPolicy) ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput

type ServiceConnectionPolicyArgs added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionPolicyArgs struct {
	// A description of this resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionPolicy. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{service_connection_policy} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The resource path of the consumer network. Example: - projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.
	Network pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.
	PscConfig PscConfigPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The service class identifier for which this ServiceConnectionPolicy is for. The service class identifier is a unique, symbolic representation of a ServiceClass. It is provided by the Service Producer. Google services have a prefix of gcp. For example, gcp-cloud-sql. 3rd party services do not. For example, test-service-a3dfcx.
	ServiceClass pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/serviceConnectionPolicies/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location.
	ServiceConnectionPolicyId pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionPolicy resource.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding, error)

GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding gets an existing ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding, error)

NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBinding resource.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput
	ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.28.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.28.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.28.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingOutput

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember, error)

GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember gets an existing ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember, error)

NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMember resource.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput
	ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.28.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.28.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.28.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberOutput

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag                      pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location                  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                   pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServiceConnectionPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serviceConnectionPolicyId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy, error)

GetServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy gets an existing ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy, error)

NewServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyArgs added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag                      pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location                  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project                   pulumi.StringPtrInput
	ServiceConnectionPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicy resource.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyInput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput
	ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.28.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.28.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ServiceConnectionPolicyId added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ServiceConnectionPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.28.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyState added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type ServiceConnectionPolicyInput added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput
	ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) CreateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was created.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) Description added in v0.31.1

A description of this resource.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) Infrastructure added in v0.31.1

The type of underlying resources used to create the connection.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) Labels added in v0.31.1

User-defined labels.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) Name added in v0.31.1

Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionPolicy. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{service_connection_policy} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) Network added in v0.31.1

The resource path of the consumer network. Example: - projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) PscConfig added in v0.31.1

Configuration used for Private Service Connect connections. Used when Infrastructure is PSC.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) PscConnections added in v0.31.1

[Output only] Information about each Private Service Connect connection.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) RequestId added in v0.31.1

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) ServiceClass added in v0.31.1

The service class identifier for which this ServiceConnectionPolicy is for. The service class identifier is a unique, symbolic representation of a ServiceClass. It is provided by the Service Producer. Google services have a prefix of gcp. For example, gcp-cloud-sql. 3rd party services do not. For example, test-service-a3dfcx.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) ServiceConnectionPolicyId added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) ServiceConnectionPolicyId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/serviceConnectionPolicies/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location.

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutput() ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) ToServiceConnectionPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionMap was updated.

type ServiceConnectionPolicyState added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionPolicyState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionToken added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionToken struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Time when the ServiceConnectionToken was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// A description of this resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// The time to which this token is valid.
	ExpireTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"expireTime"`
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionToken. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ServiceConnectionTokens/{service_connection_token} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The resource path of the network associated with this token. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.
	Network pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"network"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/ServiceConnectionTokens/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location. If one is not provided, one will be generated.
	ServiceConnectionTokenId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"serviceConnectionTokenId"`
	// The token generated by Automation.
	Token pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"token"`
	// Time when the ServiceConnectionToken was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new ServiceConnectionToken in a given project and location.

func GetServiceConnectionToken added in v0.31.1

func GetServiceConnectionToken(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServiceConnectionTokenState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionToken, error)

GetServiceConnectionToken gets an existing ServiceConnectionToken resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServiceConnectionToken added in v0.31.1

func NewServiceConnectionToken(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServiceConnectionTokenArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServiceConnectionToken, error)

NewServiceConnectionToken registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServiceConnectionToken) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (*ServiceConnectionToken) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServiceConnectionToken) ToServiceConnectionTokenOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i *ServiceConnectionToken) ToServiceConnectionTokenOutput() ServiceConnectionTokenOutput

func (*ServiceConnectionToken) ToServiceConnectionTokenOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i *ServiceConnectionToken) ToServiceConnectionTokenOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionTokenOutput

type ServiceConnectionTokenArgs added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionTokenArgs struct {
	// A description of this resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// User-defined labels.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionToken. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ServiceConnectionTokens/{service_connection_token} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The resource path of the network associated with this token. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.
	Network pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/ServiceConnectionTokens/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location. If one is not provided, one will be generated.
	ServiceConnectionTokenId pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServiceConnectionToken resource.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionTokenArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServiceConnectionTokenInput added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionTokenInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceConnectionTokenOutput() ServiceConnectionTokenOutput
	ToServiceConnectionTokenOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionTokenOutput
}

type ServiceConnectionTokenOutput added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionTokenOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) CreateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionToken was created.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) Description added in v0.31.1

A description of this resource.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

Optional. The etag is computed by the server, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) ExpireTime added in v0.31.1

The time to which this token is valid.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) Labels added in v0.31.1

User-defined labels.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) Location added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) Name added in v0.31.1

Immutable. The name of a ServiceConnectionToken. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ServiceConnectionTokens/{service_connection_token} See: https://google.aip.dev/122#fields-representing-resource-names

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) Network added in v0.31.1

The resource path of the network associated with this token. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/global/networks/{resourceId}.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) Project added in v0.31.1

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) RequestId added in v0.31.1

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) ServiceConnectionTokenId added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) ServiceConnectionTokenId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Resource ID (i.e. 'foo' in '[...]/projects/p/locations/l/ServiceConnectionTokens/foo') See https://google.aip.dev/122#resource-id-segments Unique per location. If one is not provided, one will be generated.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) ToServiceConnectionTokenOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) ToServiceConnectionTokenOutput() ServiceConnectionTokenOutput

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) ToServiceConnectionTokenOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) ToServiceConnectionTokenOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceConnectionTokenOutput

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) Token added in v0.31.1

The token generated by Automation.

func (ServiceConnectionTokenOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.31.1

Time when the ServiceConnectionToken was updated.

type ServiceConnectionTokenState added in v0.31.1

type ServiceConnectionTokenState struct {
}

func (ServiceConnectionTokenState) ElementType added in v0.31.1

type Spoke

type Spoke struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The time the spoke was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// An optional description of the spoke.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. The name of the group that this spoke is associated with.
	Group pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"group"`
	// Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to.
	Hub pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"hub"`
	// Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	// VLAN attachments that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedInterconnectAttachments LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput `pulumi:"linkedInterconnectAttachments"`
	// Router appliance instances that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedRouterApplianceInstances LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput `pulumi:"linkedRouterApplianceInstances"`
	// Optional. VPC network that is associated with the spoke.
	LinkedVpcNetwork LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput `pulumi:"linkedVpcNetwork"`
	// VPN tunnels that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedVpnTunnels LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput `pulumi:"linkedVpnTunnels"`
	Location         pulumi.StringOutput            `pulumi:"location"`
	// Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The reasons for current state of the spoke. Only present when the spoke is in the `INACTIVE` state.
	Reasons StateReasonResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"reasons"`
	// Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Required. Unique id for the spoke to create.
	SpokeId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"spokeId"`
	// The type of resource associated with the spoke.
	SpokeType pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"spokeType"`
	// The current lifecycle state of this spoke.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The Google-generated UUID for the spoke. This value is unique across all spoke resources. If a spoke is deleted and another with the same name is created, the new spoke is assigned a different `unique_id`.
	UniqueId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uniqueId"`
	// The time the spoke was last updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a Network Connectivity Center spoke.

func GetSpoke

func GetSpoke(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SpokeState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Spoke, error)

GetSpoke gets an existing Spoke resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSpoke

func NewSpoke(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SpokeArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Spoke, error)

NewSpoke registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Spoke) ElementType

func (*Spoke) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Spoke) ToSpokeOutput

func (i *Spoke) ToSpokeOutput() SpokeOutput

func (*Spoke) ToSpokeOutputWithContext

func (i *Spoke) ToSpokeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeOutput

type SpokeArgs

type SpokeArgs struct {
	// An optional description of the spoke.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. The name of the group that this spoke is associated with.
	Group pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to.
	Hub pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapInput
	// VLAN attachments that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedInterconnectAttachments LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsPtrInput
	// Router appliance instances that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedRouterApplianceInstances LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesPtrInput
	// Optional. VPC network that is associated with the spoke.
	LinkedVpcNetwork LinkedVpcNetworkPtrInput
	// VPN tunnels that are associated with the spoke.
	LinkedVpnTunnels LinkedVpnTunnelsPtrInput
	Location         pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Required. Unique id for the spoke to create.
	SpokeId pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Spoke resource.

func (SpokeArgs) ElementType

func (SpokeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SpokeIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetSpokeIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetSpokeIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SpokeIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SpokeIamBinding, error)

GetSpokeIamBinding gets an existing SpokeIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSpokeIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewSpokeIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SpokeIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SpokeIamBinding, error)

NewSpokeIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SpokeIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*SpokeIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SpokeIamBinding) ToSpokeIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *SpokeIamBinding) ToSpokeIamBindingOutput() SpokeIamBindingOutput

func (*SpokeIamBinding) ToSpokeIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *SpokeIamBinding) ToSpokeIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamBindingOutput

type SpokeIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SpokeIamBinding resource.

func (SpokeIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (SpokeIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SpokeIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSpokeIamBindingOutput() SpokeIamBindingOutput
	ToSpokeIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamBindingOutput
}

type SpokeIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) ToSpokeIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o SpokeIamBindingOutput) ToSpokeIamBindingOutput() SpokeIamBindingOutput

func (SpokeIamBindingOutput) ToSpokeIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o SpokeIamBindingOutput) ToSpokeIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamBindingOutput

type SpokeIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamBindingState struct {
}

func (SpokeIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (SpokeIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SpokeIamMember added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetSpokeIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetSpokeIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SpokeIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SpokeIamMember, error)

GetSpokeIamMember gets an existing SpokeIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSpokeIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewSpokeIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SpokeIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SpokeIamMember, error)

NewSpokeIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SpokeIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*SpokeIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SpokeIamMember) ToSpokeIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *SpokeIamMember) ToSpokeIamMemberOutput() SpokeIamMemberOutput

func (*SpokeIamMember) ToSpokeIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *SpokeIamMember) ToSpokeIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamMemberOutput

type SpokeIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SpokeIamMember resource.

func (SpokeIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (SpokeIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SpokeIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSpokeIamMemberOutput() SpokeIamMemberOutput
	ToSpokeIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamMemberOutput
}

type SpokeIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) ToSpokeIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o SpokeIamMemberOutput) ToSpokeIamMemberOutput() SpokeIamMemberOutput

func (SpokeIamMemberOutput) ToSpokeIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o SpokeIamMemberOutput) ToSpokeIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamMemberOutput

type SpokeIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type SpokeIamMemberState struct {
}

func (SpokeIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (SpokeIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SpokeIamPolicy

type SpokeIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	SpokeId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"spokeId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetSpokeIamPolicy

func GetSpokeIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SpokeIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SpokeIamPolicy, error)

GetSpokeIamPolicy gets an existing SpokeIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSpokeIamPolicy

func NewSpokeIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SpokeIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SpokeIamPolicy, error)

NewSpokeIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SpokeIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*SpokeIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SpokeIamPolicy) ToSpokeIamPolicyOutput

func (i *SpokeIamPolicy) ToSpokeIamPolicyOutput() SpokeIamPolicyOutput

func (*SpokeIamPolicy) ToSpokeIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *SpokeIamPolicy) ToSpokeIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamPolicyOutput

type SpokeIamPolicyArgs

type SpokeIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	SpokeId  pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SpokeIamPolicy resource.

func (SpokeIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (SpokeIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SpokeIamPolicyInput

type SpokeIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSpokeIamPolicyOutput() SpokeIamPolicyOutput
	ToSpokeIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamPolicyOutput
}

type SpokeIamPolicyOutput

type SpokeIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.19.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) SpokeId added in v0.21.0

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) ToSpokeIamPolicyOutput

func (o SpokeIamPolicyOutput) ToSpokeIamPolicyOutput() SpokeIamPolicyOutput

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) ToSpokeIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o SpokeIamPolicyOutput) ToSpokeIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeIamPolicyOutput

func (SpokeIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type SpokeIamPolicyState

type SpokeIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (SpokeIamPolicyState) ElementType

func (SpokeIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SpokeInput

type SpokeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSpokeOutput() SpokeOutput
	ToSpokeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeOutput
}

type SpokeOutput

type SpokeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SpokeOutput) CreateTime added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The time the spoke was created.

func (SpokeOutput) Description added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

An optional description of the spoke.

func (SpokeOutput) ElementType

func (SpokeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SpokeOutput) Group added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeOutput) Group() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The name of the group that this spoke is associated with.

func (SpokeOutput) Hub added in v0.19.0

Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to.

func (SpokeOutput) Labels added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) Labels() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements).

func (SpokeOutput) LinkedInterconnectAttachments added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) LinkedInterconnectAttachments() LinkedInterconnectAttachmentsResponseOutput

VLAN attachments that are associated with the spoke.

func (SpokeOutput) LinkedRouterApplianceInstances added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) LinkedRouterApplianceInstances() LinkedRouterApplianceInstancesResponseOutput

Router appliance instances that are associated with the spoke.

func (SpokeOutput) LinkedVpcNetwork added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeOutput) LinkedVpcNetwork() LinkedVpcNetworkResponseOutput

Optional. VPC network that is associated with the spoke.

func (SpokeOutput) LinkedVpnTunnels added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) LinkedVpnTunnels() LinkedVpnTunnelsResponseOutput

VPN tunnels that are associated with the spoke.

func (SpokeOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (o SpokeOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SpokeOutput) Name added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`

func (SpokeOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (o SpokeOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SpokeOutput) Reasons added in v0.32.0

The reasons for current state of the spoke. Only present when the spoke is in the `INACTIVE` state.

func (SpokeOutput) RequestId added in v0.21.0

func (o SpokeOutput) RequestId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (SpokeOutput) SpokeId added in v0.21.0

func (o SpokeOutput) SpokeId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Unique id for the spoke to create.

func (SpokeOutput) SpokeType added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeOutput) SpokeType() pulumi.StringOutput

The type of resource associated with the spoke.

func (SpokeOutput) State added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

The current lifecycle state of this spoke.

func (SpokeOutput) ToSpokeOutput

func (o SpokeOutput) ToSpokeOutput() SpokeOutput

func (SpokeOutput) ToSpokeOutputWithContext

func (o SpokeOutput) ToSpokeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeOutput

func (SpokeOutput) UniqueId added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) UniqueId() pulumi.StringOutput

The Google-generated UUID for the spoke. This value is unique across all spoke resources. If a spoke is deleted and another with the same name is created, the new spoke is assigned a different `unique_id`.

func (SpokeOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.19.0

func (o SpokeOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The time the spoke was last updated.

type SpokeState

type SpokeState struct {
}

func (SpokeState) ElementType

func (SpokeState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SpokeStateCountResponse added in v0.32.0

type SpokeStateCountResponse struct {
	// The total number of spokes that are in this state and associated with a given hub.
	Count string `pulumi:"count"`
	// The state of the spokes.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

The number of spokes that are in a particular state and associated with a given hub.

type SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput() SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput

func (SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeStateCountResponseArrayOutput

type SpokeStateCountResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type SpokeStateCountResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The number of spokes that are in a particular state and associated with a given hub.

func (SpokeStateCountResponseOutput) Count added in v0.32.0

The total number of spokes that are in this state and associated with a given hub.

func (SpokeStateCountResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeStateCountResponseOutput) State added in v0.32.0

The state of the spokes.

func (SpokeStateCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeStateCountResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeStateCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeStateCountResponseOutput() SpokeStateCountResponseOutput

func (SpokeStateCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeStateCountResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeStateCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeStateCountResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeStateCountResponseOutput

type SpokeStateReasonCountResponse added in v0.32.0

type SpokeStateReasonCountResponse struct {
	// The total number of spokes that are inactive for a particular reason and associated with a given hub.
	Count string `pulumi:"count"`
	// The reason that a spoke is inactive.
	StateReasonCode string `pulumi:"stateReasonCode"`
}

The number of spokes in the hub that are inactive for this reason.

type SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput() SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeStateReasonCountResponseArrayOutput

type SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The number of spokes in the hub that are inactive for this reason.

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput) Count added in v0.32.0

The total number of spokes that are inactive for a particular reason and associated with a given hub.

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput) StateReasonCode added in v0.32.0

The reason that a spoke is inactive.

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput() SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput

func (SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeStateReasonCountResponseOutput

type SpokeSummaryResponse added in v0.32.0

type SpokeSummaryResponse struct {
	// Counts the number of spokes that are in each state and associated with a given hub.
	SpokeStateCounts []SpokeStateCountResponse `pulumi:"spokeStateCounts"`
	// Counts the number of spokes that are inactive for each possible reason and associated with a given hub.
	SpokeStateReasonCounts []SpokeStateReasonCountResponse `pulumi:"spokeStateReasonCounts"`
	// Counts the number of spokes of each type that are associated with a specific hub.
	SpokeTypeCounts []SpokeTypeCountResponse `pulumi:"spokeTypeCounts"`
}

Summarizes information about the spokes associated with a hub. The summary includes a count of spokes according to type and according to state. If any spokes are inactive, the summary also lists the reasons they are inactive, including a count for each reason.

type SpokeSummaryResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type SpokeSummaryResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Summarizes information about the spokes associated with a hub. The summary includes a count of spokes according to type and according to state. If any spokes are inactive, the summary also lists the reasons they are inactive, including a count for each reason.

func (SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) SpokeStateCounts added in v0.32.0

Counts the number of spokes that are in each state and associated with a given hub.

func (SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) SpokeStateReasonCounts added in v0.32.0

Counts the number of spokes that are inactive for each possible reason and associated with a given hub.

func (SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) SpokeTypeCounts added in v0.32.0

Counts the number of spokes of each type that are associated with a specific hub.

func (SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) ToSpokeSummaryResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) ToSpokeSummaryResponseOutput() SpokeSummaryResponseOutput

func (SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) ToSpokeSummaryResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeSummaryResponseOutput) ToSpokeSummaryResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeSummaryResponseOutput

type SpokeTypeCountResponse added in v0.32.0

type SpokeTypeCountResponse struct {
	// The total number of spokes of this type that are associated with the hub.
	Count string `pulumi:"count"`
	// The type of the spokes.
	SpokeType string `pulumi:"spokeType"`
}

The number of spokes of a given type that are associated with a specific hub. The type indicates what kind of resource is associated with the spoke.

type SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput() SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput) ToSpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeTypeCountResponseArrayOutput

type SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The number of spokes of a given type that are associated with a specific hub. The type indicates what kind of resource is associated with the spoke.

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput) Count added in v0.32.0

The total number of spokes of this type that are associated with the hub.

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput) SpokeType added in v0.32.0

The type of the spokes.

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeTypeCountResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeTypeCountResponseOutput() SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput

func (SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeTypeCountResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput) ToSpokeTypeCountResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SpokeTypeCountResponseOutput

type StateReasonResponse added in v0.32.0

type StateReasonResponse struct {
	// The code associated with this reason.
	Code string `pulumi:"code"`
	// Human-readable details about this reason.
	Message string `pulumi:"message"`
	// Additional information provided by the user in the RejectSpoke call.
	UserDetails string `pulumi:"userDetails"`
}

The reason a spoke is inactive.

type StateReasonResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type StateReasonResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (StateReasonResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (StateReasonResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (StateReasonResponseArrayOutput) ToStateReasonResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o StateReasonResponseArrayOutput) ToStateReasonResponseArrayOutput() StateReasonResponseArrayOutput

func (StateReasonResponseArrayOutput) ToStateReasonResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o StateReasonResponseArrayOutput) ToStateReasonResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) StateReasonResponseArrayOutput

type StateReasonResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type StateReasonResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The reason a spoke is inactive.

func (StateReasonResponseOutput) Code added in v0.32.0

The code associated with this reason.

func (StateReasonResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (StateReasonResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (StateReasonResponseOutput) Message added in v0.32.0

Human-readable details about this reason.

func (StateReasonResponseOutput) ToStateReasonResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o StateReasonResponseOutput) ToStateReasonResponseOutput() StateReasonResponseOutput

func (StateReasonResponseOutput) ToStateReasonResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o StateReasonResponseOutput) ToStateReasonResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) StateReasonResponseOutput

func (StateReasonResponseOutput) UserDetails added in v0.32.0

Additional information provided by the user in the RejectSpoke call.

type VirtualMachine added in v0.32.0

type VirtualMachine struct {
	// Optional. A list of VM instance tags the this policy-based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.
	Tags []string `pulumi:"tags"`
}

VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.

type VirtualMachineArgs added in v0.32.0

type VirtualMachineArgs struct {
	// Optional. A list of VM instance tags the this policy-based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.
	Tags pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"tags"`
}

VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.

func (VirtualMachineArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (VirtualMachineArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (VirtualMachineArgs) ToVirtualMachineOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i VirtualMachineArgs) ToVirtualMachineOutput() VirtualMachineOutput

func (VirtualMachineArgs) ToVirtualMachineOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i VirtualMachineArgs) ToVirtualMachineOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) VirtualMachineOutput

func (VirtualMachineArgs) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i VirtualMachineArgs) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutput() VirtualMachinePtrOutput

func (VirtualMachineArgs) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i VirtualMachineArgs) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) VirtualMachinePtrOutput

type VirtualMachineInput added in v0.32.0

type VirtualMachineInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToVirtualMachineOutput() VirtualMachineOutput
	ToVirtualMachineOutputWithContext(context.Context) VirtualMachineOutput
}

VirtualMachineInput is an input type that accepts VirtualMachineArgs and VirtualMachineOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `VirtualMachineInput` via:

VirtualMachineArgs{...}

type VirtualMachineOutput added in v0.32.0

type VirtualMachineOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.

func (VirtualMachineOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (VirtualMachineOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (VirtualMachineOutput) Tags added in v0.32.0

Optional. A list of VM instance tags the this policy-based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.

func (VirtualMachineOutput) ToVirtualMachineOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o VirtualMachineOutput) ToVirtualMachineOutput() VirtualMachineOutput

func (VirtualMachineOutput) ToVirtualMachineOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o VirtualMachineOutput) ToVirtualMachineOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) VirtualMachineOutput

func (VirtualMachineOutput) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o VirtualMachineOutput) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutput() VirtualMachinePtrOutput

func (VirtualMachineOutput) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o VirtualMachineOutput) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) VirtualMachinePtrOutput

type VirtualMachinePtrInput added in v0.32.0

type VirtualMachinePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToVirtualMachinePtrOutput() VirtualMachinePtrOutput
	ToVirtualMachinePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) VirtualMachinePtrOutput
}

VirtualMachinePtrInput is an input type that accepts VirtualMachineArgs, VirtualMachinePtr and VirtualMachinePtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `VirtualMachinePtrInput` via:

        VirtualMachineArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func VirtualMachinePtr added in v0.32.0

func VirtualMachinePtr(v *VirtualMachineArgs) VirtualMachinePtrInput

type VirtualMachinePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type VirtualMachinePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (VirtualMachinePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (VirtualMachinePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (VirtualMachinePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (VirtualMachinePtrOutput) Tags added in v0.32.0

Optional. A list of VM instance tags the this policy-based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.

func (VirtualMachinePtrOutput) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o VirtualMachinePtrOutput) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutput() VirtualMachinePtrOutput

func (VirtualMachinePtrOutput) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o VirtualMachinePtrOutput) ToVirtualMachinePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) VirtualMachinePtrOutput

type VirtualMachineResponse added in v0.32.0

type VirtualMachineResponse struct {
	// Optional. A list of VM instance tags the this policy-based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.
	Tags []string `pulumi:"tags"`
}

VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.

type VirtualMachineResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type VirtualMachineResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

VM instances to which this policy-based route applies to.

func (VirtualMachineResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (VirtualMachineResponseOutput) Tags added in v0.32.0

Optional. A list of VM instance tags the this policy-based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.

func (VirtualMachineResponseOutput) ToVirtualMachineResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o VirtualMachineResponseOutput) ToVirtualMachineResponseOutput() VirtualMachineResponseOutput

func (VirtualMachineResponseOutput) ToVirtualMachineResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o VirtualMachineResponseOutput) ToVirtualMachineResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) VirtualMachineResponseOutput

type WarningsResponse added in v0.32.0

type WarningsResponse struct {
	// A warning code, if applicable.
	Code string `pulumi:"code"`
	// Metadata about this warning in key: value format. The key should provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement.
	Data map[string]string `pulumi:"data"`
	// A human-readable description of the warning code.
	WarningMessage string `pulumi:"warningMessage"`
}

Informational warning message.

type WarningsResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type WarningsResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (WarningsResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (WarningsResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (WarningsResponseArrayOutput) ToWarningsResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o WarningsResponseArrayOutput) ToWarningsResponseArrayOutput() WarningsResponseArrayOutput

func (WarningsResponseArrayOutput) ToWarningsResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o WarningsResponseArrayOutput) ToWarningsResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) WarningsResponseArrayOutput

type WarningsResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type WarningsResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Informational warning message.

func (WarningsResponseOutput) Code added in v0.32.0

A warning code, if applicable.

func (WarningsResponseOutput) Data added in v0.32.0

Metadata about this warning in key: value format. The key should provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement.

func (WarningsResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (WarningsResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (WarningsResponseOutput) ToWarningsResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o WarningsResponseOutput) ToWarningsResponseOutput() WarningsResponseOutput

func (WarningsResponseOutput) ToWarningsResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o WarningsResponseOutput) ToWarningsResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) WarningsResponseOutput

func (WarningsResponseOutput) WarningMessage added in v0.32.0

func (o WarningsResponseOutput) WarningMessage() pulumi.StringOutput

A human-readable description of the warning code.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL